4 * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
5 * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
6 * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
8 * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
9 * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
10 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions
11 * and limitations under the License.
13 * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
14 * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
15 * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
16 * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
17 * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
23 * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
24 * Copyright (c) 2011, 2019 by Delphix. All rights reserved.
25 * Copyright (c) 2018, Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
26 * Copyright (c) 2014 Spectra Logic Corporation, All rights reserved.
27 * Copyright 2013 Saso Kiselkov. All rights reserved.
28 * Copyright (c) 2014 Integros [integros.com]
29 * Copyright 2016 Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
30 * Copyright (c) 2016 Actifio, Inc. All rights reserved.
31 * Copyright 2018 Joyent, Inc.
32 * Copyright (c) 2017, 2019, Datto Inc. All rights reserved.
33 * Copyright 2017 Joyent, Inc.
34 * Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation.
38 * SPA: Storage Pool Allocator
40 * This file contains all the routines used when modifying on-disk SPA state.
41 * This includes opening, importing, destroying, exporting a pool, and syncing a
45 #include <sys/zfs_context.h>
46 #include <sys/fm/fs/zfs.h>
47 #include <sys/spa_impl.h>
49 #include <sys/zio_checksum.h>
51 #include <sys/dmu_tx.h>
55 #include <sys/vdev_impl.h>
56 #include <sys/vdev_removal.h>
57 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_mapping.h>
58 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_births.h>
59 #include <sys/vdev_initialize.h>
60 #include <sys/vdev_rebuild.h>
61 #include <sys/vdev_trim.h>
62 #include <sys/vdev_disk.h>
63 #include <sys/metaslab.h>
64 #include <sys/metaslab_impl.h>
66 #include <sys/uberblock_impl.h>
69 #include <sys/bpobj.h>
70 #include <sys/dmu_traverse.h>
71 #include <sys/dmu_objset.h>
72 #include <sys/unique.h>
73 #include <sys/dsl_pool.h>
74 #include <sys/dsl_dataset.h>
75 #include <sys/dsl_dir.h>
76 #include <sys/dsl_prop.h>
77 #include <sys/dsl_synctask.h>
78 #include <sys/fs/zfs.h>
80 #include <sys/callb.h>
81 #include <sys/systeminfo.h>
82 #include <sys/spa_boot.h>
83 #include <sys/zfs_ioctl.h>
84 #include <sys/dsl_scan.h>
85 #include <sys/zfeature.h>
86 #include <sys/dsl_destroy.h>
90 #include <sys/fm/protocol.h>
91 #include <sys/fm/util.h>
92 #include <sys/callb.h>
94 #include <sys/vmsystm.h>
98 #include "zfs_comutil.h"
101 * The interval, in seconds, at which failed configuration cache file writes
104 int zfs_ccw_retry_interval
= 300;
106 typedef enum zti_modes
{
107 ZTI_MODE_FIXED
, /* value is # of threads (min 1) */
108 ZTI_MODE_BATCH
, /* cpu-intensive; value is ignored */
109 ZTI_MODE_NULL
, /* don't create a taskq */
113 #define ZTI_P(n, q) { ZTI_MODE_FIXED, (n), (q) }
114 #define ZTI_PCT(n) { ZTI_MODE_ONLINE_PERCENT, (n), 1 }
115 #define ZTI_BATCH { ZTI_MODE_BATCH, 0, 1 }
116 #define ZTI_NULL { ZTI_MODE_NULL, 0, 0 }
118 #define ZTI_N(n) ZTI_P(n, 1)
119 #define ZTI_ONE ZTI_N(1)
121 typedef struct zio_taskq_info
{
122 zti_modes_t zti_mode
;
127 static const char *const zio_taskq_types
[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
] = {
128 "iss", "iss_h", "int", "int_h"
132 * This table defines the taskq settings for each ZFS I/O type. When
133 * initializing a pool, we use this table to create an appropriately sized
134 * taskq. Some operations are low volume and therefore have a small, static
135 * number of threads assigned to their taskqs using the ZTI_N(#) or ZTI_ONE
136 * macros. Other operations process a large amount of data; the ZTI_BATCH
137 * macro causes us to create a taskq oriented for throughput. Some operations
138 * are so high frequency and short-lived that the taskq itself can become a
139 * point of lock contention. The ZTI_P(#, #) macro indicates that we need an
140 * additional degree of parallelism specified by the number of threads per-
141 * taskq and the number of taskqs; when dispatching an event in this case, the
142 * particular taskq is chosen at random.
144 * The different taskq priorities are to handle the different contexts (issue
145 * and interrupt) and then to reserve threads for ZIO_PRIORITY_NOW I/Os that
146 * need to be handled with minimum delay.
148 const zio_taskq_info_t zio_taskqs
[ZIO_TYPES
][ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
] = {
149 /* ISSUE ISSUE_HIGH INTR INTR_HIGH */
150 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* NULL */
151 { ZTI_N(8), ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_P(12, 8), ZTI_NULL
}, /* READ */
152 { ZTI_BATCH
, ZTI_N(5), ZTI_P(12, 8), ZTI_N(5) }, /* WRITE */
153 { ZTI_P(12, 8), ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* FREE */
154 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* CLAIM */
155 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* IOCTL */
156 { ZTI_N(4), ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* TRIM */
159 static void spa_sync_version(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
);
160 static void spa_sync_props(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
);
161 static boolean_t
spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t
*spa
);
162 static int spa_load_impl(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, char **ereport
);
163 static void spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t
*spa
);
165 uint_t zio_taskq_batch_pct
= 75; /* 1 thread per cpu in pset */
166 boolean_t zio_taskq_sysdc
= B_TRUE
; /* use SDC scheduling class */
167 uint_t zio_taskq_basedc
= 80; /* base duty cycle */
169 boolean_t spa_create_process
= B_TRUE
; /* no process ==> no sysdc */
172 * Report any spa_load_verify errors found, but do not fail spa_load.
173 * This is used by zdb to analyze non-idle pools.
175 boolean_t spa_load_verify_dryrun
= B_FALSE
;
178 * This (illegal) pool name is used when temporarily importing a spa_t in order
179 * to get the vdev stats associated with the imported devices.
181 #define TRYIMPORT_NAME "$import"
184 * For debugging purposes: print out vdev tree during pool import.
186 int spa_load_print_vdev_tree
= B_FALSE
;
189 * A non-zero value for zfs_max_missing_tvds means that we allow importing
190 * pools with missing top-level vdevs. This is strictly intended for advanced
191 * pool recovery cases since missing data is almost inevitable. Pools with
192 * missing devices can only be imported read-only for safety reasons, and their
193 * fail-mode will be automatically set to "continue".
195 * With 1 missing vdev we should be able to import the pool and mount all
196 * datasets. User data that was not modified after the missing device has been
197 * added should be recoverable. This means that snapshots created prior to the
198 * addition of that device should be completely intact.
200 * With 2 missing vdevs, some datasets may fail to mount since there are
201 * dataset statistics that are stored as regular metadata. Some data might be
202 * recoverable if those vdevs were added recently.
204 * With 3 or more missing vdevs, the pool is severely damaged and MOS entries
205 * may be missing entirely. Chances of data recovery are very low. Note that
206 * there are also risks of performing an inadvertent rewind as we might be
207 * missing all the vdevs with the latest uberblocks.
209 unsigned long zfs_max_missing_tvds
= 0;
212 * The parameters below are similar to zfs_max_missing_tvds but are only
213 * intended for a preliminary open of the pool with an untrusted config which
214 * might be incomplete or out-dated.
216 * We are more tolerant for pools opened from a cachefile since we could have
217 * an out-dated cachefile where a device removal was not registered.
218 * We could have set the limit arbitrarily high but in the case where devices
219 * are really missing we would want to return the proper error codes; we chose
220 * SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1 so that some copies of the MOS would still be available
221 * and we get a chance to retrieve the trusted config.
223 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile
= SPA_DVAS_PER_BP
- 1;
226 * In the case where config was assembled by scanning device paths (/dev/dsks
227 * by default) we are less tolerant since all the existing devices should have
228 * been detected and we want spa_load to return the right error codes.
230 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan
= 0;
233 * Debugging aid that pauses spa_sync() towards the end.
235 boolean_t zfs_pause_spa_sync
= B_FALSE
;
238 * Variables to indicate the livelist condense zthr func should wait at certain
239 * points for the livelist to be removed - used to test condense/destroy races
241 int zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_pause
= 0;
242 int zfs_livelist_condense_sync_pause
= 0;
245 * Variables to track whether or not condense cancellation has been
246 * triggered in testing.
248 int zfs_livelist_condense_sync_cancel
= 0;
249 int zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_cancel
= 0;
252 * Variable to track whether or not extra ALLOC blkptrs were added to a
253 * livelist entry while it was being condensed (caused by the way we track
254 * remapped blkptrs in dbuf_remap_impl)
256 int zfs_livelist_condense_new_alloc
= 0;
259 * ==========================================================================
260 * SPA properties routines
261 * ==========================================================================
265 * Add a (source=src, propname=propval) list to an nvlist.
268 spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t
*nvl
, zpool_prop_t prop
, char *strval
,
269 uint64_t intval
, zprop_source_t src
)
271 const char *propname
= zpool_prop_to_name(prop
);
274 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&propval
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
275 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval
, ZPROP_SOURCE
, src
) == 0);
278 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(propval
, ZPROP_VALUE
, strval
) == 0);
280 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval
, ZPROP_VALUE
, intval
) == 0);
282 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvl
, propname
, propval
) == 0);
283 nvlist_free(propval
);
287 * Get property values from the spa configuration.
290 spa_prop_get_config(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
**nvp
)
292 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
293 dsl_pool_t
*pool
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
294 uint64_t size
, alloc
, cap
, version
;
295 const zprop_source_t src
= ZPROP_SRC_NONE
;
296 spa_config_dirent_t
*dp
;
297 metaslab_class_t
*mc
= spa_normal_class(spa
);
299 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_props_lock
));
302 alloc
= metaslab_class_get_alloc(mc
);
303 alloc
+= metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_special_class(spa
));
304 alloc
+= metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
306 size
= metaslab_class_get_space(mc
);
307 size
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
308 size
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
310 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_NAME
, spa_name(spa
), 0, src
);
311 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_SIZE
, NULL
, size
, src
);
312 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_ALLOCATED
, NULL
, alloc
, src
);
313 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREE
, NULL
,
315 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CHECKPOINT
, NULL
,
316 spa
->spa_checkpoint_info
.sci_dspace
, src
);
318 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FRAGMENTATION
, NULL
,
319 metaslab_class_fragmentation(mc
), src
);
320 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_EXPANDSZ
, NULL
,
321 metaslab_class_expandable_space(mc
), src
);
322 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
, NULL
,
323 (spa_mode(spa
) == SPA_MODE_READ
), src
);
325 cap
= (size
== 0) ? 0 : (alloc
* 100 / size
);
326 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CAPACITY
, NULL
, cap
, src
);
328 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPRATIO
, NULL
,
329 ddt_get_pool_dedup_ratio(spa
), src
);
331 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_HEALTH
, NULL
,
332 rvd
->vdev_state
, src
);
334 version
= spa_version(spa
);
335 if (version
== zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
)) {
336 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
, NULL
,
337 version
, ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT
);
339 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
, NULL
,
340 version
, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
342 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LOAD_GUID
,
343 NULL
, spa_load_guid(spa
), src
);
348 * The $FREE directory was introduced in SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS,
349 * when opening pools before this version freedir will be NULL.
351 if (pool
->dp_free_dir
!= NULL
) {
352 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING
, NULL
,
353 dsl_dir_phys(pool
->dp_free_dir
)->dd_used_bytes
,
356 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING
,
360 if (pool
->dp_leak_dir
!= NULL
) {
361 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED
, NULL
,
362 dsl_dir_phys(pool
->dp_leak_dir
)->dd_used_bytes
,
365 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED
,
370 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_GUID
, NULL
, spa_guid(spa
), src
);
372 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
) {
373 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
, spa
->spa_comment
,
377 if (spa
->spa_root
!= NULL
)
378 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
, spa
->spa_root
,
381 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_BLOCKS
)) {
382 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, NULL
,
383 MIN(zfs_max_recordsize
, SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE
), ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
385 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, NULL
,
386 SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
389 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE
)) {
390 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE
, NULL
,
391 DNODE_MAX_SIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
393 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE
, NULL
,
394 DNODE_MIN_SIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
397 if ((dp
= list_head(&spa
->spa_config_list
)) != NULL
) {
398 if (dp
->scd_path
== NULL
) {
399 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
,
400 "none", 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
401 } else if (strcmp(dp
->scd_path
, spa_config_path
) != 0) {
402 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
,
403 dp
->scd_path
, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
409 * Get zpool property values.
412 spa_prop_get(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
**nvp
)
414 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
420 err
= nvlist_alloc(nvp
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
);
424 dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
425 dsl_pool_config_enter(dp
, FTAG
);
426 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
429 * Get properties from the spa config.
431 spa_prop_get_config(spa
, nvp
);
433 /* If no pool property object, no more prop to get. */
434 if (mos
== NULL
|| spa
->spa_pool_props_object
== 0)
438 * Get properties from the MOS pool property object.
440 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, mos
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
);
441 (err
= zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
)) == 0;
442 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
445 zprop_source_t src
= ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT
;
448 if ((prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(za
.za_name
)) == ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
)
451 switch (za
.za_integer_length
) {
453 /* integer property */
454 if (za
.za_first_integer
!=
455 zpool_prop_default_numeric(prop
))
456 src
= ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
;
458 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
) {
459 dsl_dataset_t
*ds
= NULL
;
461 err
= dsl_dataset_hold_obj(dp
,
462 za
.za_first_integer
, FTAG
, &ds
);
466 strval
= kmem_alloc(ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
,
468 dsl_dataset_name(ds
, strval
);
469 dsl_dataset_rele(ds
, FTAG
);
472 intval
= za
.za_first_integer
;
475 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, prop
, strval
, intval
, src
);
478 kmem_free(strval
, ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
);
483 /* string property */
484 strval
= kmem_alloc(za
.za_num_integers
, KM_SLEEP
);
485 err
= zap_lookup(mos
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
486 za
.za_name
, 1, za
.za_num_integers
, strval
);
488 kmem_free(strval
, za
.za_num_integers
);
491 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, prop
, strval
, 0, src
);
492 kmem_free(strval
, za
.za_num_integers
);
499 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
501 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
502 dsl_pool_config_exit(dp
, FTAG
);
503 if (err
&& err
!= ENOENT
) {
513 * Validate the given pool properties nvlist and modify the list
514 * for the property values to be set.
517 spa_prop_validate(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*props
)
520 int error
= 0, reset_bootfs
= 0;
522 boolean_t has_feature
= B_FALSE
;
525 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, elem
)) != NULL
) {
527 char *strval
, *slash
, *check
, *fname
;
528 const char *propname
= nvpair_name(elem
);
529 zpool_prop_t prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(propname
);
532 case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
:
533 if (!zpool_prop_feature(propname
)) {
534 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
539 * Sanitize the input.
541 if (nvpair_type(elem
) != DATA_TYPE_UINT64
) {
542 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
546 if (nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
) != 0) {
547 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
552 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
556 fname
= strchr(propname
, '@') + 1;
557 if (zfeature_lookup_name(fname
, NULL
) != 0) {
558 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
562 has_feature
= B_TRUE
;
565 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
:
566 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
568 (intval
< spa_version(spa
) ||
569 intval
> SPA_VERSION_BEFORE_FEATURES
||
571 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
574 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
:
575 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE
:
576 case ZPOOL_PROP_LISTSNAPS
:
577 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
:
578 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
:
579 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
580 if (!error
&& intval
> 1)
581 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
584 case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
:
585 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
586 if (!error
&& intval
> 1)
587 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
590 uint32_t hostid
= zone_get_hostid(NULL
);
592 spa
->spa_hostid
= hostid
;
594 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
599 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
:
601 * If the pool version is less than SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS,
602 * or the pool is still being created (version == 0),
603 * the bootfs property cannot be set.
605 if (spa_version(spa
) < SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS
) {
606 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
611 * Make sure the vdev config is bootable
613 if (!vdev_is_bootable(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) {
614 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
620 error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
);
626 if (strval
== NULL
|| strval
[0] == '\0') {
627 objnum
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(
632 error
= dmu_objset_hold(strval
, FTAG
, &os
);
637 * Must be ZPL, and its property settings
638 * must be supported by GRUB (compression
639 * is not gzip, and large dnodes are not
643 if (dmu_objset_type(os
) != DMU_OST_ZFS
) {
644 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
646 dsl_prop_get_int_ds(dmu_objset_ds(os
),
647 zfs_prop_to_name(ZFS_PROP_COMPRESSION
),
649 !BOOTFS_COMPRESS_VALID(propval
)) {
650 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
652 dsl_prop_get_int_ds(dmu_objset_ds(os
),
653 zfs_prop_to_name(ZFS_PROP_DNODESIZE
),
655 propval
!= ZFS_DNSIZE_LEGACY
) {
656 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
658 objnum
= dmu_objset_id(os
);
660 dmu_objset_rele(os
, FTAG
);
664 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
:
665 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
666 if (!error
&& intval
> ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_PANIC
)
667 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
670 * This is a special case which only occurs when
671 * the pool has completely failed. This allows
672 * the user to change the in-core failmode property
673 * without syncing it out to disk (I/Os might
674 * currently be blocked). We do this by returning
675 * EIO to the caller (spa_prop_set) to trick it
676 * into thinking we encountered a property validation
679 if (!error
&& spa_suspended(spa
)) {
680 spa
->spa_failmode
= intval
;
681 error
= SET_ERROR(EIO
);
685 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
:
686 if ((error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
)) != 0)
689 if (strval
[0] == '\0')
692 if (strcmp(strval
, "none") == 0)
695 if (strval
[0] != '/') {
696 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
700 slash
= strrchr(strval
, '/');
701 ASSERT(slash
!= NULL
);
703 if (slash
[1] == '\0' || strcmp(slash
, "/.") == 0 ||
704 strcmp(slash
, "/..") == 0)
705 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
708 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
:
709 if ((error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
)) != 0)
711 for (check
= strval
; *check
!= '\0'; check
++) {
712 if (!isprint(*check
)) {
713 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
717 if (strlen(strval
) > ZPROP_MAX_COMMENT
)
718 error
= SET_ERROR(E2BIG
);
729 (void) nvlist_remove_all(props
,
730 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO
));
732 if (!error
&& reset_bootfs
) {
733 error
= nvlist_remove(props
,
734 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), DATA_TYPE_STRING
);
737 error
= nvlist_add_uint64(props
,
738 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), objnum
);
746 spa_configfile_set(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvp
, boolean_t need_sync
)
749 spa_config_dirent_t
*dp
;
751 if (nvlist_lookup_string(nvp
, zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
),
755 dp
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (spa_config_dirent_t
),
758 if (cachefile
[0] == '\0')
759 dp
->scd_path
= spa_strdup(spa_config_path
);
760 else if (strcmp(cachefile
, "none") == 0)
763 dp
->scd_path
= spa_strdup(cachefile
);
765 list_insert_head(&spa
->spa_config_list
, dp
);
767 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
771 spa_prop_set(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvp
)
774 nvpair_t
*elem
= NULL
;
775 boolean_t need_sync
= B_FALSE
;
777 if ((error
= spa_prop_validate(spa
, nvp
)) != 0)
780 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp
, elem
)) != NULL
) {
781 zpool_prop_t prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem
));
783 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
||
784 prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
||
785 prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
)
788 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
|| prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
) {
791 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
) {
792 VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &ver
) == 0);
794 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
)));
795 ver
= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
;
799 /* Save time if the version is already set. */
800 if (ver
== spa_version(spa
))
804 * In addition to the pool directory object, we might
805 * create the pool properties object, the features for
806 * read object, the features for write object, or the
807 * feature descriptions object.
809 error
= dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, NULL
,
810 spa_sync_version
, &ver
,
811 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
);
822 return (dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, NULL
, spa_sync_props
,
823 nvp
, 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
));
830 * If the bootfs property value is dsobj, clear it.
833 spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t dsobj
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
835 if (spa
->spa_bootfs
== dsobj
&& spa
->spa_pool_props_object
!= 0) {
836 VERIFY(zap_remove(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
837 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
838 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), tx
) == 0);
845 spa_change_guid_check(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
847 uint64_t *newguid __maybe_unused
= arg
;
848 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
849 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
852 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
853 int error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
854 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
855 return (SET_ERROR(error
));
858 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
859 vdev_state
= rvd
->vdev_state
;
860 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
862 if (vdev_state
!= VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY
)
863 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
865 ASSERT3U(spa_guid(spa
), !=, *newguid
);
871 spa_change_guid_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
873 uint64_t *newguid
= arg
;
874 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
876 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
878 oldguid
= spa_guid(spa
);
880 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
881 rvd
->vdev_guid
= *newguid
;
882 rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
+= (*newguid
- oldguid
);
883 vdev_config_dirty(rvd
);
884 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
886 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "guid change", tx
, "old=%llu new=%llu",
887 (u_longlong_t
)oldguid
, (u_longlong_t
)*newguid
);
891 * Change the GUID for the pool. This is done so that we can later
892 * re-import a pool built from a clone of our own vdevs. We will modify
893 * the root vdev's guid, our own pool guid, and then mark all of our
894 * vdevs dirty. Note that we must make sure that all our vdevs are
895 * online when we do this, or else any vdevs that weren't present
896 * would be orphaned from our pool. We are also going to issue a
897 * sysevent to update any watchers.
900 spa_change_guid(spa_t
*spa
)
905 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_vdev_top_lock
);
906 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
907 guid
= spa_generate_guid(NULL
);
909 error
= dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, spa_change_guid_check
,
910 spa_change_guid_sync
, &guid
, 5, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
);
913 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
);
914 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_REGUID
);
917 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
918 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_vdev_top_lock
);
924 * ==========================================================================
925 * SPA state manipulation (open/create/destroy/import/export)
926 * ==========================================================================
930 spa_error_entry_compare(const void *a
, const void *b
)
932 const spa_error_entry_t
*sa
= (const spa_error_entry_t
*)a
;
933 const spa_error_entry_t
*sb
= (const spa_error_entry_t
*)b
;
936 ret
= memcmp(&sa
->se_bookmark
, &sb
->se_bookmark
,
937 sizeof (zbookmark_phys_t
));
939 return (TREE_ISIGN(ret
));
943 * Utility function which retrieves copies of the current logs and
944 * re-initializes them in the process.
947 spa_get_errlists(spa_t
*spa
, avl_tree_t
*last
, avl_tree_t
*scrub
)
949 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_errlist_lock
));
951 bcopy(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
, last
, sizeof (avl_tree_t
));
952 bcopy(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
, scrub
, sizeof (avl_tree_t
));
954 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
,
955 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
956 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
957 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
,
958 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
959 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
963 spa_taskqs_init(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
)
965 const zio_taskq_info_t
*ztip
= &zio_taskqs
[t
][q
];
966 enum zti_modes mode
= ztip
->zti_mode
;
967 uint_t value
= ztip
->zti_value
;
968 uint_t count
= ztip
->zti_count
;
969 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
971 boolean_t batch
= B_FALSE
;
973 if (mode
== ZTI_MODE_NULL
) {
975 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= NULL
;
979 ASSERT3U(count
, >, 0);
981 tqs
->stqs_count
= count
;
982 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= kmem_alloc(count
* sizeof (taskq_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
986 ASSERT3U(value
, >=, 1);
987 value
= MAX(value
, 1);
988 flags
|= TASKQ_DYNAMIC
;
993 flags
|= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT
;
994 value
= MIN(zio_taskq_batch_pct
, 100);
998 panic("unrecognized mode for %s_%s taskq (%u:%u) in "
1000 zio_type_name
[t
], zio_taskq_types
[q
], mode
, value
);
1004 for (uint_t i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++) {
1008 (void) snprintf(name
, sizeof (name
), "%s_%s",
1009 zio_type_name
[t
], zio_taskq_types
[q
]);
1011 if (zio_taskq_sysdc
&& spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
) {
1013 flags
|= TASKQ_DC_BATCH
;
1015 tq
= taskq_create_sysdc(name
, value
, 50, INT_MAX
,
1016 spa
->spa_proc
, zio_taskq_basedc
, flags
);
1018 pri_t pri
= maxclsyspri
;
1020 * The write issue taskq can be extremely CPU
1021 * intensive. Run it at slightly less important
1022 * priority than the other taskqs. Under Linux this
1023 * means incrementing the priority value on platforms
1024 * like illumos it should be decremented.
1026 if (t
== ZIO_TYPE_WRITE
&& q
== ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE
)
1029 tq
= taskq_create_proc(name
, value
, pri
, 50,
1030 INT_MAX
, spa
->spa_proc
, flags
);
1033 tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
] = tq
;
1038 spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
)
1040 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1042 if (tqs
->stqs_taskq
== NULL
) {
1043 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, ==, 0);
1047 for (uint_t i
= 0; i
< tqs
->stqs_count
; i
++) {
1048 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
], !=, NULL
);
1049 taskq_destroy(tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
]);
1052 kmem_free(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, tqs
->stqs_count
* sizeof (taskq_t
*));
1053 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= NULL
;
1057 * Dispatch a task to the appropriate taskq for the ZFS I/O type and priority.
1058 * Note that a type may have multiple discrete taskqs to avoid lock contention
1059 * on the taskq itself. In that case we choose which taskq at random by using
1060 * the low bits of gethrtime().
1063 spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
,
1064 task_func_t
*func
, void *arg
, uint_t flags
, taskq_ent_t
*ent
)
1066 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1069 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, !=, NULL
);
1070 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, !=, 0);
1072 if (tqs
->stqs_count
== 1) {
1073 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[0];
1075 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[((uint64_t)gethrtime()) % tqs
->stqs_count
];
1078 taskq_dispatch_ent(tq
, func
, arg
, flags
, ent
);
1082 * Same as spa_taskq_dispatch_ent() but block on the task until completion.
1085 spa_taskq_dispatch_sync(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
,
1086 task_func_t
*func
, void *arg
, uint_t flags
)
1088 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1092 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, !=, NULL
);
1093 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, !=, 0);
1095 if (tqs
->stqs_count
== 1) {
1096 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[0];
1098 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[((uint64_t)gethrtime()) % tqs
->stqs_count
];
1101 id
= taskq_dispatch(tq
, func
, arg
, flags
);
1103 taskq_wait_id(tq
, id
);
1107 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t
*spa
)
1109 for (int t
= 0; t
< ZIO_TYPES
; t
++) {
1110 for (int q
= 0; q
< ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
; q
++) {
1111 spa_taskqs_init(spa
, t
, q
);
1117 * Disabled until spa_thread() can be adapted for Linux.
1119 #undef HAVE_SPA_THREAD
1121 #if defined(_KERNEL) && defined(HAVE_SPA_THREAD)
1123 spa_thread(void *arg
)
1125 psetid_t zio_taskq_psrset_bind
= PS_NONE
;
1126 callb_cpr_t cprinfo
;
1129 user_t
*pu
= PTOU(curproc
);
1131 CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cprinfo
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
, callb_generic_cpr
,
1134 ASSERT(curproc
!= &p0
);
1135 (void) snprintf(pu
->u_psargs
, sizeof (pu
->u_psargs
),
1136 "zpool-%s", spa
->spa_name
);
1137 (void) strlcpy(pu
->u_comm
, pu
->u_psargs
, sizeof (pu
->u_comm
));
1139 /* bind this thread to the requested psrset */
1140 if (zio_taskq_psrset_bind
!= PS_NONE
) {
1142 mutex_enter(&cpu_lock
);
1143 mutex_enter(&pidlock
);
1144 mutex_enter(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1146 if (cpupart_bind_thread(curthread
, zio_taskq_psrset_bind
,
1147 0, NULL
, NULL
) == 0) {
1148 curthread
->t_bind_pset
= zio_taskq_psrset_bind
;
1151 "Couldn't bind process for zfs pool \"%s\" to "
1152 "pset %d\n", spa
->spa_name
, zio_taskq_psrset_bind
);
1155 mutex_exit(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1156 mutex_exit(&pidlock
);
1157 mutex_exit(&cpu_lock
);
1161 if (zio_taskq_sysdc
) {
1162 sysdc_thread_enter(curthread
, 100, 0);
1165 spa
->spa_proc
= curproc
;
1166 spa
->spa_did
= curthread
->t_did
;
1168 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa
);
1170 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1171 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_CREATED
);
1173 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
;
1174 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1176 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cprinfo
);
1177 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
)
1178 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1179 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cprinfo
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1181 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
);
1182 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_GONE
;
1183 spa
->spa_proc
= &p0
;
1184 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1185 CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cprinfo
); /* drops spa_proc_lock */
1187 mutex_enter(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1193 * Activate an uninitialized pool.
1196 spa_activate(spa_t
*spa
, spa_mode_t mode
)
1198 ASSERT(spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1200 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
;
1201 spa
->spa_mode
= mode
;
1203 spa
->spa_normal_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1204 spa
->spa_log_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1205 spa
->spa_special_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1206 spa
->spa_dedup_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1208 /* Try to create a covering process */
1209 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1210 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_NONE
);
1211 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
);
1214 #ifdef HAVE_SPA_THREAD
1215 /* Only create a process if we're going to be around a while. */
1216 if (spa_create_process
&& strcmp(spa
->spa_name
, TRYIMPORT_NAME
) != 0) {
1217 if (newproc(spa_thread
, (caddr_t
)spa
, syscid
, maxclsyspri
,
1219 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_CREATED
;
1220 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_CREATED
) {
1221 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
,
1222 &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1224 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
);
1225 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
);
1226 ASSERT(spa
->spa_did
!= 0);
1230 "Couldn't create process for zfs pool \"%s\"\n",
1235 #endif /* HAVE_SPA_THREAD */
1236 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1238 /* If we didn't create a process, we need to create our taskqs. */
1239 if (spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
) {
1240 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa
);
1243 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< TXG_SIZE
; i
++) {
1244 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
1248 list_create(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
1249 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_config_dirty_node
));
1250 list_create(&spa
->spa_evicting_os_list
, sizeof (objset_t
),
1251 offsetof(objset_t
, os_evicting_node
));
1252 list_create(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
1253 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_state_dirty_node
));
1255 txg_list_create(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, spa
,
1256 offsetof(struct vdev
, vdev_txg_node
));
1258 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
,
1259 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
1260 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
1261 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
,
1262 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
1263 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
1265 spa_keystore_init(&spa
->spa_keystore
);
1268 * This taskq is used to perform zvol-minor-related tasks
1269 * asynchronously. This has several advantages, including easy
1270 * resolution of various deadlocks (zfsonlinux bug #3681).
1272 * The taskq must be single threaded to ensure tasks are always
1273 * processed in the order in which they were dispatched.
1275 * A taskq per pool allows one to keep the pools independent.
1276 * This way if one pool is suspended, it will not impact another.
1278 * The preferred location to dispatch a zvol minor task is a sync
1279 * task. In this context, there is easy access to the spa_t and minimal
1280 * error handling is required because the sync task must succeed.
1282 spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
= taskq_create("z_zvol", 1, defclsyspri
,
1286 * Taskq dedicated to prefetcher threads: this is used to prevent the
1287 * pool traverse code from monopolizing the global (and limited)
1288 * system_taskq by inappropriately scheduling long running tasks on it.
1290 spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
= taskq_create("z_prefetch", boot_ncpus
,
1291 defclsyspri
, 1, INT_MAX
, TASKQ_DYNAMIC
);
1294 * The taskq to upgrade datasets in this pool. Currently used by
1295 * feature SPA_FEATURE_USEROBJ_ACCOUNTING/SPA_FEATURE_PROJECT_QUOTA.
1297 spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
= taskq_create("z_upgrade", boot_ncpus
,
1298 defclsyspri
, 1, INT_MAX
, TASKQ_DYNAMIC
);
1302 * Opposite of spa_activate().
1305 spa_deactivate(spa_t
*spa
)
1307 ASSERT(spa
->spa_sync_on
== B_FALSE
);
1308 ASSERT(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
== NULL
);
1309 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== NULL
);
1310 ASSERT(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
== NULL
);
1311 ASSERT(spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1313 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
1315 if (spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
) {
1316 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
);
1317 spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
= NULL
;
1320 if (spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
) {
1321 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
);
1322 spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
= NULL
;
1325 if (spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
) {
1326 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
);
1327 spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
= NULL
;
1330 txg_list_destroy(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
);
1332 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
);
1333 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_evicting_os_list
);
1334 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
);
1336 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
1338 for (int t
= 0; t
< ZIO_TYPES
; t
++) {
1339 for (int q
= 0; q
< ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
; q
++) {
1340 spa_taskqs_fini(spa
, t
, q
);
1344 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< TXG_SIZE
; i
++) {
1345 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
], !=, NULL
);
1346 VERIFY0(zio_wait(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
]));
1347 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
] = NULL
;
1350 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_normal_class
);
1351 spa
->spa_normal_class
= NULL
;
1353 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_log_class
);
1354 spa
->spa_log_class
= NULL
;
1356 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_special_class
);
1357 spa
->spa_special_class
= NULL
;
1359 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_dedup_class
);
1360 spa
->spa_dedup_class
= NULL
;
1363 * If this was part of an import or the open otherwise failed, we may
1364 * still have errors left in the queues. Empty them just in case.
1366 spa_errlog_drain(spa
);
1367 avl_destroy(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
);
1368 avl_destroy(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
);
1370 spa_keystore_fini(&spa
->spa_keystore
);
1372 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
;
1374 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1375 if (spa
->spa_proc_state
!= SPA_PROC_NONE
) {
1376 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
);
1377 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
;
1378 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1379 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
) {
1380 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
);
1381 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1383 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_GONE
);
1384 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_NONE
;
1386 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
);
1387 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1390 * We want to make sure spa_thread() has actually exited the ZFS
1391 * module, so that the module can't be unloaded out from underneath
1394 if (spa
->spa_did
!= 0) {
1395 thread_join(spa
->spa_did
);
1401 * Verify a pool configuration, and construct the vdev tree appropriately. This
1402 * will create all the necessary vdevs in the appropriate layout, with each vdev
1403 * in the CLOSED state. This will prep the pool before open/creation/import.
1404 * All vdev validation is done by the vdev_alloc() routine.
1407 spa_config_parse(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
**vdp
, nvlist_t
*nv
, vdev_t
*parent
,
1408 uint_t id
, int atype
)
1414 if ((error
= vdev_alloc(spa
, vdp
, nv
, parent
, id
, atype
)) != 0)
1417 if ((*vdp
)->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
1420 error
= nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nv
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
,
1423 if (error
== ENOENT
)
1429 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
1432 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
1434 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, child
[c
], *vdp
, c
,
1442 ASSERT(*vdp
!= NULL
);
1448 spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa_t
*spa
)
1450 if (!spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LOG_SPACEMAP
))
1453 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
1456 if (!spa
->spa_sync_on
)
1459 if (spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
)
1462 if (zfs_keep_log_spacemaps_at_export
)
1469 * Opens a transaction that will set the flag that will instruct
1470 * spa_sync to attempt to flush all the metaslabs for that txg.
1473 spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa_t
*spa
)
1475 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
1476 VERIFY0(dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_WAIT
));
1478 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_log_flushall_txg
, ==, 0);
1479 spa
->spa_log_flushall_txg
= dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
);
1482 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), spa
->spa_log_flushall_txg
);
1486 spa_unload_log_sm_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
1488 void *cookie
= NULL
;
1490 while ((sls
= avl_destroy_nodes(&spa
->spa_sm_logs_by_txg
,
1491 &cookie
)) != NULL
) {
1492 VERIFY0(sls
->sls_mscount
);
1493 kmem_free(sls
, sizeof (spa_log_sm_t
));
1496 for (log_summary_entry_t
*e
= list_head(&spa
->spa_log_summary
);
1497 e
!= NULL
; e
= list_head(&spa
->spa_log_summary
)) {
1498 VERIFY0(e
->lse_mscount
);
1499 list_remove(&spa
->spa_log_summary
, e
);
1500 kmem_free(e
, sizeof (log_summary_entry_t
));
1503 spa
->spa_unflushed_stats
.sus_nblocks
= 0;
1504 spa
->spa_unflushed_stats
.sus_memused
= 0;
1505 spa
->spa_unflushed_stats
.sus_blocklimit
= 0;
1509 spa_destroy_aux_threads(spa_t
*spa
)
1511 if (spa
->spa_condense_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1512 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_condense_zthr
);
1513 spa
->spa_condense_zthr
= NULL
;
1515 if (spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1516 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
);
1517 spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
= NULL
;
1519 if (spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1520 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
);
1521 spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
= NULL
;
1523 if (spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1524 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
);
1525 spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
= NULL
;
1530 * Opposite of spa_load().
1533 spa_unload(spa_t
*spa
)
1535 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
1536 ASSERT(spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1538 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
1539 spa_load_note(spa
, "UNLOADING");
1541 spa_wake_waiters(spa
);
1544 * If the log space map feature is enabled and the pool is getting
1545 * exported (but not destroyed), we want to spend some time flushing
1546 * as many metaslabs as we can in an attempt to destroy log space
1547 * maps and save import time.
1549 if (spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa
))
1550 spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa
);
1555 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
1557 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
) {
1558 vdev_t
*root_vdev
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
1559 vdev_initialize_stop_all(root_vdev
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
);
1560 vdev_trim_stop_all(root_vdev
, VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
);
1561 vdev_autotrim_stop_all(spa
);
1562 vdev_rebuild_stop_all(spa
);
1568 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
1569 txg_sync_stop(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
1570 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_FALSE
;
1574 * This ensures that there is no async metaslab prefetching
1575 * while we attempt to unload the spa.
1577 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
1578 for (int c
= 0; c
< spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
1579 vdev_t
*vc
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
];
1580 if (vc
->vdev_mg
!= NULL
)
1581 taskq_wait(vc
->vdev_mg
->mg_taskq
);
1585 if (spa
->spa_mmp
.mmp_thread
)
1586 mmp_thread_stop(spa
);
1589 * Wait for any outstanding async I/O to complete.
1591 if (spa
->spa_async_zio_root
!= NULL
) {
1592 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++)
1593 (void) zio_wait(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
]);
1594 kmem_free(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
, max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *));
1595 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= NULL
;
1598 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
) {
1599 spa_vdev_removal_destroy(spa
->spa_vdev_removal
);
1600 spa
->spa_vdev_removal
= NULL
;
1603 spa_destroy_aux_threads(spa
);
1605 spa_condense_fini(spa
);
1607 bpobj_close(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
);
1609 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, spa
, RW_WRITER
);
1614 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
)
1615 vdev_free(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
1616 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== NULL
);
1619 * Close the dsl pool.
1621 if (spa
->spa_dsl_pool
) {
1622 dsl_pool_close(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
1623 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
= NULL
;
1624 spa
->spa_meta_objset
= NULL
;
1628 spa_unload_log_sm_metadata(spa
);
1631 * Drop and purge level 2 cache
1633 spa_l2cache_drop(spa
);
1635 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
1636 vdev_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1637 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
) {
1638 kmem_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
,
1639 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1640 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1642 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) {
1643 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
);
1644 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
= NULL
;
1646 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
= 0;
1648 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++) {
1649 vdev_clear_stats(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1650 vdev_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1652 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
) {
1653 kmem_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
,
1654 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1655 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1657 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) {
1658 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
);
1659 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
= NULL
;
1661 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
= 0;
1663 spa
->spa_async_suspended
= 0;
1665 spa
->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded
= B_FALSE
;
1667 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
) {
1668 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_comment
);
1669 spa
->spa_comment
= NULL
;
1672 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, spa
);
1676 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active spares for
1677 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1678 * 'spa_spares.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1679 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1682 spa_load_spares(spa_t
*spa
)
1691 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
1692 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
1694 * As spare vdevs are shared among open pools, we skip loading
1695 * them when we load the checkpointed state of the pool.
1697 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
1701 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
1704 * First, close and free any existing spare vdevs.
1706 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
1707 vd
= spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
1709 /* Undo the call to spa_activate() below */
1710 if ((tvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, vd
->vdev_guid
,
1711 B_FALSE
)) != NULL
&& tvd
->vdev_isspare
)
1712 spa_spare_remove(tvd
);
1717 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
)
1718 kmem_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
,
1719 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1721 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
== NULL
)
1724 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
1725 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
) == 0);
1727 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
= (int)nspares
;
1728 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1734 * Construct the array of vdevs, opening them to get status in the
1735 * process. For each spare, there is potentially two different vdev_t
1736 * structures associated with it: one in the list of spares (used only
1737 * for basic validation purposes) and one in the active vdev
1738 * configuration (if it's spared in). During this phase we open and
1739 * validate each vdev on the spare list. If the vdev also exists in the
1740 * active configuration, then we also mark this vdev as an active spare.
1742 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= kmem_zalloc(nspares
* sizeof (void *),
1744 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
1745 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, spares
[i
], NULL
, 0,
1746 VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE
) == 0);
1749 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
] = vd
;
1751 if ((tvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, vd
->vdev_guid
,
1752 B_FALSE
)) != NULL
) {
1753 if (!tvd
->vdev_isspare
)
1757 * We only mark the spare active if we were successfully
1758 * able to load the vdev. Otherwise, importing a pool
1759 * with a bad active spare would result in strange
1760 * behavior, because multiple pool would think the spare
1761 * is actively in use.
1763 * There is a vulnerability here to an equally bizarre
1764 * circumstance, where a dead active spare is later
1765 * brought back to life (onlined or otherwise). Given
1766 * the rarity of this scenario, and the extra complexity
1767 * it adds, we ignore the possibility.
1769 if (!vdev_is_dead(tvd
))
1770 spa_spare_activate(tvd
);
1774 vd
->vdev_aux
= &spa
->spa_spares
;
1776 if (vdev_open(vd
) != 0)
1779 if (vdev_validate_aux(vd
) == 0)
1784 * Recompute the stashed list of spares, with status information
1787 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
1788 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
1790 spares
= kmem_alloc(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *),
1792 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
1793 spares
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
,
1794 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
], B_TRUE
, VDEV_CONFIG_SPARE
);
1795 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
1796 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, spares
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
) == 0);
1797 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
1798 nvlist_free(spares
[i
]);
1799 kmem_free(spares
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1803 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active l2cache for
1804 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1805 * 'spa_l2cache.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1806 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1807 * Devices which are already active have their details maintained, and are
1811 spa_load_l2cache(spa_t
*spa
)
1813 nvlist_t
**l2cache
= NULL
;
1815 int i
, j
, oldnvdevs
;
1817 vdev_t
*vd
, **oldvdevs
, **newvdevs
;
1818 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_l2cache
;
1822 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
1823 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
1825 * As L2 caches are part of the ARC which is shared among open
1826 * pools, we skip loading them when we load the checkpointed
1827 * state of the pool.
1829 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
1833 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
1835 oldvdevs
= sav
->sav_vdevs
;
1836 oldnvdevs
= sav
->sav_count
;
1837 sav
->sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1840 if (sav
->sav_config
== NULL
) {
1846 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
,
1847 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0);
1848 newvdevs
= kmem_alloc(nl2cache
* sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP
);
1851 * Process new nvlist of vdevs.
1853 for (i
= 0; i
< nl2cache
; i
++) {
1854 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
1858 for (j
= 0; j
< oldnvdevs
; j
++) {
1860 if (vd
!= NULL
&& guid
== vd
->vdev_guid
) {
1862 * Retain previous vdev for add/remove ops.
1870 if (newvdevs
[i
] == NULL
) {
1874 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, l2cache
[i
], NULL
, 0,
1875 VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE
) == 0);
1880 * Commit this vdev as an l2cache device,
1881 * even if it fails to open.
1883 spa_l2cache_add(vd
);
1888 spa_l2cache_activate(vd
);
1890 if (vdev_open(vd
) != 0)
1893 (void) vdev_validate_aux(vd
);
1895 if (!vdev_is_dead(vd
))
1896 l2arc_add_vdev(spa
, vd
);
1899 * Upon cache device addition to a pool or pool
1900 * creation with a cache device or if the header
1901 * of the device is invalid we issue an async
1902 * TRIM command for the whole device which will
1903 * execute if l2arc_trim_ahead > 0.
1905 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_TRIM
);
1909 sav
->sav_vdevs
= newvdevs
;
1910 sav
->sav_count
= (int)nl2cache
;
1913 * Recompute the stashed list of l2cache devices, with status
1914 * information this time.
1916 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav
->sav_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
1917 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
1919 if (sav
->sav_count
> 0)
1920 l2cache
= kmem_alloc(sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *),
1922 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
1923 l2cache
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
,
1924 sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
], B_TRUE
, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
1925 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
,
1926 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, l2cache
, sav
->sav_count
) == 0);
1930 * Purge vdevs that were dropped
1932 for (i
= 0; i
< oldnvdevs
; i
++) {
1937 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_isl2cache
);
1939 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd
->vdev_guid
, &pool
) &&
1940 pool
!= 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd
))
1941 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd
);
1942 vdev_clear_stats(vd
);
1948 kmem_free(oldvdevs
, oldnvdevs
* sizeof (void *));
1950 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
1951 nvlist_free(l2cache
[i
]);
1953 kmem_free(l2cache
, sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1957 load_nvlist(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t obj
, nvlist_t
**value
)
1960 char *packed
= NULL
;
1965 error
= dmu_bonus_hold(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, FTAG
, &db
);
1969 nvsize
= *(uint64_t *)db
->db_data
;
1970 dmu_buf_rele(db
, FTAG
);
1972 packed
= vmem_alloc(nvsize
, KM_SLEEP
);
1973 error
= dmu_read(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, 0, nvsize
, packed
,
1976 error
= nvlist_unpack(packed
, nvsize
, value
, 0);
1977 vmem_free(packed
, nvsize
);
1983 * Concrete top-level vdevs that are not missing and are not logs. At every
1984 * spa_sync we write new uberblocks to at least SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS core tvds.
1987 spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa_t
*spa
)
1989 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
1992 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< rvd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
1993 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[i
];
1996 if (vdev_is_concrete(vd
) && !vdev_is_dead(vd
))
2004 * Checks to see if the given vdev could not be opened, in which case we post a
2005 * sysevent to notify the autoreplace code that the device has been removed.
2008 spa_check_removed(vdev_t
*vd
)
2010 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
2011 spa_check_removed(vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
2013 if (vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
&& vdev_is_dead(vd
) &&
2014 vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
2015 zfs_post_autoreplace(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
);
2016 spa_event_notify(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_CHECK
);
2021 spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2023 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2026 * If we're doing a normal import, then build up any additional
2027 * diagnostic information about missing log devices.
2028 * We'll pass this up to the user for further processing.
2030 if (!(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG
)) {
2031 nvlist_t
**child
, *nv
;
2034 child
= kmem_alloc(rvd
->vdev_children
* sizeof (nvlist_t
*),
2036 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nv
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
2038 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2039 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2042 * We consider a device as missing only if it failed
2043 * to open (i.e. offline or faulted is not considered
2046 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
&&
2047 tvd
->vdev_state
== VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
2048 child
[idx
++] = vdev_config_generate(spa
, tvd
,
2049 B_FALSE
, VDEV_CONFIG_MISSING
);
2054 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nv
,
2055 ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
, child
, idx
);
2056 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2057 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MISSING_DEVICES
, nv
);
2059 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< idx
; i
++)
2060 nvlist_free(child
[i
]);
2063 kmem_free(child
, rvd
->vdev_children
* sizeof (char **));
2066 spa_load_failed(spa
, "some log devices are missing");
2067 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
2068 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
2071 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2072 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2074 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
&&
2075 tvd
->vdev_state
== VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
2076 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
2077 spa_load_note(spa
, "some log devices are "
2078 "missing, ZIL is dropped.");
2079 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
2089 * Check for missing log devices
2092 spa_check_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2094 boolean_t rv
= B_FALSE
;
2095 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
2097 switch (spa
->spa_log_state
) {
2100 case SPA_LOG_MISSING
:
2101 /* need to recheck in case slog has been restored */
2102 case SPA_LOG_UNKNOWN
:
2103 rv
= (dmu_objset_find_dp(dp
, dp
->dp_root_dir_obj
,
2104 zil_check_log_chain
, NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
) != 0);
2106 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_MISSING
);
2113 spa_passivate_log(spa_t
*spa
)
2115 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2116 boolean_t slog_found
= B_FALSE
;
2118 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALLOC
, RW_WRITER
));
2120 if (!spa_has_slogs(spa
))
2123 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2124 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2125 metaslab_group_t
*mg
= tvd
->vdev_mg
;
2127 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
) {
2128 metaslab_group_passivate(mg
);
2129 slog_found
= B_TRUE
;
2133 return (slog_found
);
2137 spa_activate_log(spa_t
*spa
)
2139 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2141 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALLOC
, RW_WRITER
));
2143 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2144 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2145 metaslab_group_t
*mg
= tvd
->vdev_mg
;
2147 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
)
2148 metaslab_group_activate(mg
);
2153 spa_reset_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2157 error
= dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa
), zil_reset
,
2158 NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
2161 * We successfully offlined the log device, sync out the
2162 * current txg so that the "stubby" block can be removed
2165 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
2171 spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
)
2173 for (int i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
2174 spa_check_removed(sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]);
2178 spa_claim_notify(zio_t
*zio
)
2180 spa_t
*spa
= zio
->io_spa
;
2185 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
); /* any mutex will do */
2186 if (spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
< zio
->io_bp
->blk_birth
)
2187 spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
= zio
->io_bp
->blk_birth
;
2188 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
2191 typedef struct spa_load_error
{
2192 uint64_t sle_meta_count
;
2193 uint64_t sle_data_count
;
2197 spa_load_verify_done(zio_t
*zio
)
2199 blkptr_t
*bp
= zio
->io_bp
;
2200 spa_load_error_t
*sle
= zio
->io_private
;
2201 dmu_object_type_t type
= BP_GET_TYPE(bp
);
2202 int error
= zio
->io_error
;
2203 spa_t
*spa
= zio
->io_spa
;
2205 abd_free(zio
->io_abd
);
2207 if ((BP_GET_LEVEL(bp
) != 0 || DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(type
)) &&
2208 type
!= DMU_OT_INTENT_LOG
)
2209 atomic_inc_64(&sle
->sle_meta_count
);
2211 atomic_inc_64(&sle
->sle_data_count
);
2214 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2215 spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
-= BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
);
2216 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_scrub_io_cv
);
2217 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2221 * Maximum number of inflight bytes is the log2 fraction of the arc size.
2222 * By default, we set it to 1/16th of the arc.
2224 int spa_load_verify_shift
= 4;
2225 int spa_load_verify_metadata
= B_TRUE
;
2226 int spa_load_verify_data
= B_TRUE
;
2230 spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t
*spa
, zilog_t
*zilog
, const blkptr_t
*bp
,
2231 const zbookmark_phys_t
*zb
, const dnode_phys_t
*dnp
, void *arg
)
2233 if (zb
->zb_level
== ZB_DNODE_LEVEL
|| BP_IS_HOLE(bp
) ||
2234 BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp
) || BP_IS_REDACTED(bp
))
2237 * Note: normally this routine will not be called if
2238 * spa_load_verify_metadata is not set. However, it may be useful
2239 * to manually set the flag after the traversal has begun.
2241 if (!spa_load_verify_metadata
)
2243 if (!BP_IS_METADATA(bp
) && !spa_load_verify_data
)
2246 uint64_t maxinflight_bytes
=
2247 arc_target_bytes() >> spa_load_verify_shift
;
2249 size_t size
= BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
);
2251 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2252 while (spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
>= maxinflight_bytes
)
2253 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_scrub_io_cv
, &spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2254 spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
+= size
;
2255 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2257 zio_nowait(zio_read(rio
, spa
, bp
, abd_alloc_for_io(size
, B_FALSE
), size
,
2258 spa_load_verify_done
, rio
->io_private
, ZIO_PRIORITY_SCRUB
,
2259 ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
| ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
|
2260 ZIO_FLAG_SCRUB
| ZIO_FLAG_RAW
, zb
));
2266 verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t
*dp
, dsl_dataset_t
*ds
, void *arg
)
2268 if (dsl_dataset_namelen(ds
) >= ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
)
2269 return (SET_ERROR(ENAMETOOLONG
));
2275 spa_load_verify(spa_t
*spa
)
2278 spa_load_error_t sle
= { 0 };
2279 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
2280 boolean_t verify_ok
= B_FALSE
;
2283 zpool_get_load_policy(spa
->spa_config
, &policy
);
2285 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND
)
2288 dsl_pool_config_enter(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, FTAG
);
2289 error
= dmu_objset_find_dp(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
,
2290 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_root_dir_obj
, verify_dataset_name_len
, NULL
,
2292 dsl_pool_config_exit(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, FTAG
);
2296 rio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, &sle
,
2297 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
);
2299 if (spa_load_verify_metadata
) {
2300 if (spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
) {
2301 spa_load_note(spa
, "performing a complete scan of the "
2302 "pool since extreme rewind is on. This may take "
2303 "a very long time.\n (spa_load_verify_data=%u, "
2304 "spa_load_verify_metadata=%u)",
2305 spa_load_verify_data
, spa_load_verify_metadata
);
2308 error
= traverse_pool(spa
, spa
->spa_verify_min_txg
,
2309 TRAVERSE_PRE
| TRAVERSE_PREFETCH_METADATA
|
2310 TRAVERSE_NO_DECRYPT
, spa_load_verify_cb
, rio
);
2313 (void) zio_wait(rio
);
2314 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
);
2316 spa
->spa_load_meta_errors
= sle
.sle_meta_count
;
2317 spa
->spa_load_data_errors
= sle
.sle_data_count
;
2319 if (sle
.sle_meta_count
!= 0 || sle
.sle_data_count
!= 0) {
2320 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_load_verify found %llu metadata errors "
2321 "and %llu data errors", (u_longlong_t
)sle
.sle_meta_count
,
2322 (u_longlong_t
)sle
.sle_data_count
);
2325 if (spa_load_verify_dryrun
||
2326 (!error
&& sle
.sle_meta_count
<= policy
.zlp_maxmeta
&&
2327 sle
.sle_data_count
<= policy
.zlp_maxdata
)) {
2331 spa
->spa_load_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
2332 spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
;
2334 loss
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts
- spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
;
2335 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2336 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_TIME
, spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
) == 0);
2337 VERIFY(nvlist_add_int64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2338 ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_TIME
, loss
) == 0);
2339 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2340 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_DATA_ERRORS
, sle
.sle_data_count
) == 0);
2342 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
2345 if (spa_load_verify_dryrun
)
2349 if (error
!= ENXIO
&& error
!= EIO
)
2350 error
= SET_ERROR(EIO
);
2354 return (verify_ok
? 0 : EIO
);
2358 * Find a value in the pool props object.
2361 spa_prop_find(spa_t
*spa
, zpool_prop_t prop
, uint64_t *val
)
2363 (void) zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
2364 zpool_prop_to_name(prop
), sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val
);
2368 * Find a value in the pool directory object.
2371 spa_dir_prop(spa_t
*spa
, const char *name
, uint64_t *val
, boolean_t log_enoent
)
2373 int error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
2374 name
, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val
);
2376 if (error
!= 0 && (error
!= ENOENT
|| log_enoent
)) {
2377 spa_load_failed(spa
, "couldn't get '%s' value in MOS directory "
2378 "[error=%d]", name
, error
);
2385 spa_vdev_err(vdev_t
*vdev
, vdev_aux_t aux
, int err
)
2387 vdev_set_state(vdev
, B_TRUE
, VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
, aux
);
2388 return (SET_ERROR(err
));
2392 spa_livelist_delete_check(spa_t
*spa
)
2394 return (spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
!= 0);
2399 spa_livelist_delete_cb_check(void *arg
, zthr_t
*z
)
2402 return (spa_livelist_delete_check(spa
));
2406 delete_blkptr_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2409 zio_free(spa
, tx
->tx_txg
, bp
);
2410 dsl_dir_diduse_space(tx
->tx_pool
->dp_free_dir
, DD_USED_HEAD
,
2411 -bp_get_dsize_sync(spa
, bp
),
2412 -BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
), -BP_GET_UCSIZE(bp
), tx
);
2417 dsl_get_next_livelist_obj(objset_t
*os
, uint64_t zap_obj
, uint64_t *llp
)
2422 zap_cursor_init(&zc
, os
, zap_obj
);
2423 err
= zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
);
2424 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
2426 *llp
= za
.za_first_integer
;
2431 * Components of livelist deletion that must be performed in syncing
2432 * context: freeing block pointers and updating the pool-wide data
2433 * structures to indicate how much work is left to do
2435 typedef struct sublist_delete_arg
{
2440 } sublist_delete_arg_t
;
2443 sublist_delete_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2445 sublist_delete_arg_t
*sda
= arg
;
2446 spa_t
*spa
= sda
->spa
;
2447 dsl_deadlist_t
*ll
= sda
->ll
;
2448 uint64_t key
= sda
->key
;
2449 bplist_t
*to_free
= sda
->to_free
;
2451 bplist_iterate(to_free
, delete_blkptr_cb
, spa
, tx
);
2452 dsl_deadlist_remove_entry(ll
, key
, tx
);
2455 typedef struct livelist_delete_arg
{
2459 } livelist_delete_arg_t
;
2462 livelist_delete_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2464 livelist_delete_arg_t
*lda
= arg
;
2465 spa_t
*spa
= lda
->spa
;
2466 uint64_t ll_obj
= lda
->ll_obj
;
2467 uint64_t zap_obj
= lda
->zap_obj
;
2468 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
2471 /* free the livelist and decrement the feature count */
2472 VERIFY0(zap_remove_int(mos
, zap_obj
, ll_obj
, tx
));
2473 dsl_deadlist_free(mos
, ll_obj
, tx
);
2474 spa_feature_decr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LIVELIST
, tx
);
2475 VERIFY0(zap_count(mos
, zap_obj
, &count
));
2477 /* no more livelists to delete */
2478 VERIFY0(zap_remove(mos
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
2479 DMU_POOL_DELETED_CLONES
, tx
));
2480 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(mos
, zap_obj
, tx
));
2481 spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
= 0;
2482 spa_notify_waiters(spa
);
2487 * Load in the value for the livelist to be removed and open it. Then,
2488 * load its first sublist and determine which block pointers should actually
2489 * be freed. Then, call a synctask which performs the actual frees and updates
2490 * the pool-wide livelist data.
2494 spa_livelist_delete_cb(void *arg
, zthr_t
*z
)
2497 uint64_t ll_obj
= 0, count
;
2498 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
2499 uint64_t zap_obj
= spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
;
2501 * Determine the next livelist to delete. This function should only
2502 * be called if there is at least one deleted clone.
2504 VERIFY0(dsl_get_next_livelist_obj(mos
, zap_obj
, &ll_obj
));
2505 VERIFY0(zap_count(mos
, ll_obj
, &count
));
2507 dsl_deadlist_t ll
= { 0 };
2508 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*dle
;
2510 dsl_deadlist_open(&ll
, mos
, ll_obj
);
2511 dle
= dsl_deadlist_first(&ll
);
2512 ASSERT3P(dle
, !=, NULL
);
2513 bplist_create(&to_free
);
2514 int err
= dsl_process_sub_livelist(&dle
->dle_bpobj
, &to_free
,
2517 sublist_delete_arg_t sync_arg
= {
2520 .key
= dle
->dle_mintxg
,
2523 zfs_dbgmsg("deleting sublist (id %llu) from"
2524 " livelist %llu, %d remaining",
2525 dle
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
, ll_obj
, count
- 1);
2526 VERIFY0(dsl_sync_task(spa_name(spa
), NULL
,
2527 sublist_delete_sync
, &sync_arg
, 0,
2528 ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_DESTROY
));
2530 ASSERT(err
== EINTR
);
2532 bplist_clear(&to_free
);
2533 bplist_destroy(&to_free
);
2534 dsl_deadlist_close(&ll
);
2536 livelist_delete_arg_t sync_arg
= {
2541 zfs_dbgmsg("deletion of livelist %llu completed", ll_obj
);
2542 VERIFY0(dsl_sync_task(spa_name(spa
), NULL
, livelist_delete_sync
,
2543 &sync_arg
, 0, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_DESTROY
));
2548 spa_start_livelist_destroy_thread(spa_t
*spa
)
2550 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
2551 spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
= zthr_create(
2552 spa_livelist_delete_cb_check
, spa_livelist_delete_cb
, spa
);
2555 typedef struct livelist_new_arg
{
2558 } livelist_new_arg_t
;
2561 livelist_track_new_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, boolean_t bp_freed
,
2565 livelist_new_arg_t
*lna
= arg
;
2567 bplist_append(lna
->frees
, bp
);
2569 bplist_append(lna
->allocs
, bp
);
2570 zfs_livelist_condense_new_alloc
++;
2575 typedef struct livelist_condense_arg
{
2578 uint64_t first_size
;
2580 } livelist_condense_arg_t
;
2583 spa_livelist_condense_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2585 livelist_condense_arg_t
*lca
= arg
;
2586 spa_t
*spa
= lca
->spa
;
2588 dsl_dataset_t
*ds
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
;
2590 /* Have we been cancelled? */
2591 if (spa
->spa_to_condense
.cancelled
) {
2592 zfs_livelist_condense_sync_cancel
++;
2596 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*first
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.first
;
2597 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*next
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.next
;
2598 dsl_deadlist_t
*ll
= &ds
->ds_dir
->dd_livelist
;
2601 * It's possible that the livelist was changed while the zthr was
2602 * running. Therefore, we need to check for new blkptrs in the two
2603 * entries being condensed and continue to track them in the livelist.
2604 * Because of the way we handle remapped blkptrs (see dbuf_remap_impl),
2605 * it's possible that the newly added blkptrs are FREEs or ALLOCs so
2606 * we need to sort them into two different bplists.
2608 uint64_t first_obj
= first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
;
2609 uint64_t next_obj
= next
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
;
2610 uint64_t cur_first_size
= first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_phys
->bpo_num_blkptrs
;
2611 uint64_t cur_next_size
= next
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_phys
->bpo_num_blkptrs
;
2613 bplist_create(&new_frees
);
2614 livelist_new_arg_t new_bps
= {
2615 .allocs
= &lca
->to_keep
,
2616 .frees
= &new_frees
,
2619 if (cur_first_size
> lca
->first_size
) {
2620 VERIFY0(livelist_bpobj_iterate_from_nofree(&first
->dle_bpobj
,
2621 livelist_track_new_cb
, &new_bps
, lca
->first_size
));
2623 if (cur_next_size
> lca
->next_size
) {
2624 VERIFY0(livelist_bpobj_iterate_from_nofree(&next
->dle_bpobj
,
2625 livelist_track_new_cb
, &new_bps
, lca
->next_size
));
2628 dsl_deadlist_clear_entry(first
, ll
, tx
);
2629 ASSERT(bpobj_is_empty(&first
->dle_bpobj
));
2630 dsl_deadlist_remove_entry(ll
, next
->dle_mintxg
, tx
);
2632 bplist_iterate(&lca
->to_keep
, dsl_deadlist_insert_alloc_cb
, ll
, tx
);
2633 bplist_iterate(&new_frees
, dsl_deadlist_insert_free_cb
, ll
, tx
);
2634 bplist_destroy(&new_frees
);
2636 char dsname
[ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
];
2637 dsl_dataset_name(ds
, dsname
);
2638 zfs_dbgmsg("txg %llu condensing livelist of %s (id %llu), bpobj %llu "
2639 "(%llu blkptrs) and bpobj %llu (%llu blkptrs) -> bpobj %llu "
2640 "(%llu blkptrs)", tx
->tx_txg
, dsname
, ds
->ds_object
, first_obj
,
2641 cur_first_size
, next_obj
, cur_next_size
,
2642 first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
,
2643 first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_phys
->bpo_num_blkptrs
);
2645 dmu_buf_rele(ds
->ds_dbuf
, spa
);
2646 spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
= NULL
;
2647 bplist_clear(&lca
->to_keep
);
2648 bplist_destroy(&lca
->to_keep
);
2649 kmem_free(lca
, sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t
));
2650 spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
= B_FALSE
;
2654 spa_livelist_condense_cb(void *arg
, zthr_t
*t
)
2656 while (zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_pause
&&
2657 !(zthr_has_waiters(t
) || zthr_iscancelled(t
)))
2661 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*first
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.first
;
2662 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*next
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.next
;
2663 uint64_t first_size
, next_size
;
2665 livelist_condense_arg_t
*lca
=
2666 kmem_alloc(sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t
), KM_SLEEP
);
2667 bplist_create(&lca
->to_keep
);
2670 * Process the livelists (matching FREEs and ALLOCs) in open context
2671 * so we have minimal work in syncing context to condense.
2673 * We save bpobj sizes (first_size and next_size) to use later in
2674 * syncing context to determine if entries were added to these sublists
2675 * while in open context. This is possible because the clone is still
2676 * active and open for normal writes and we want to make sure the new,
2677 * unprocessed blockpointers are inserted into the livelist normally.
2679 * Note that dsl_process_sub_livelist() both stores the size number of
2680 * blockpointers and iterates over them while the bpobj's lock held, so
2681 * the sizes returned to us are consistent which what was actually
2684 int err
= dsl_process_sub_livelist(&first
->dle_bpobj
, &lca
->to_keep
, t
,
2687 err
= dsl_process_sub_livelist(&next
->dle_bpobj
, &lca
->to_keep
,
2691 while (zfs_livelist_condense_sync_pause
&&
2692 !(zthr_has_waiters(t
) || zthr_iscancelled(t
)))
2695 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
2696 dmu_tx_mark_netfree(tx
);
2697 dmu_tx_hold_space(tx
, 1);
2698 err
= dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_NOWAIT
| TXG_NOTHROTTLE
);
2701 * Prevent the condense zthr restarting before
2702 * the synctask completes.
2704 spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
= B_TRUE
;
2706 lca
->first_size
= first_size
;
2707 lca
->next_size
= next_size
;
2708 dsl_sync_task_nowait(spa_get_dsl(spa
),
2709 spa_livelist_condense_sync
, lca
, 0,
2710 ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_NONE
, tx
);
2716 * Condensing can not continue: either it was externally stopped or
2717 * we were unable to assign to a tx because the pool has run out of
2718 * space. In the second case, we'll just end up trying to condense
2719 * again in a later txg.
2722 bplist_clear(&lca
->to_keep
);
2723 bplist_destroy(&lca
->to_keep
);
2724 kmem_free(lca
, sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t
));
2725 dmu_buf_rele(spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
->ds_dbuf
, spa
);
2726 spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
= NULL
;
2728 zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_cancel
++;
2733 * Check that there is something to condense but that a condense is not
2734 * already in progress and that condensing has not been cancelled.
2737 spa_livelist_condense_cb_check(void *arg
, zthr_t
*z
)
2740 if ((spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
!= NULL
) &&
2741 (spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
== B_FALSE
) &&
2742 (spa
->spa_to_condense
.cancelled
== B_FALSE
)) {
2749 spa_start_livelist_condensing_thread(spa_t
*spa
)
2751 spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
= NULL
;
2752 spa
->spa_to_condense
.first
= NULL
;
2753 spa
->spa_to_condense
.next
= NULL
;
2754 spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
= B_FALSE
;
2755 spa
->spa_to_condense
.cancelled
= B_FALSE
;
2757 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
2758 spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
= zthr_create(
2759 spa_livelist_condense_cb_check
, spa_livelist_condense_cb
, spa
);
2763 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa_t
*spa
)
2765 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
2767 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
2769 spa_start_indirect_condensing_thread(spa
);
2770 spa_start_livelist_destroy_thread(spa
);
2771 spa_start_livelist_condensing_thread(spa
);
2773 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
2774 spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
=
2775 zthr_create(spa_checkpoint_discard_thread_check
,
2776 spa_checkpoint_discard_thread
, spa
);
2780 * Fix up config after a partly-completed split. This is done with the
2781 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT nvlist. Both the splitting pool and the split-off
2782 * pool have that entry in their config, but only the splitting one contains
2783 * a list of all the guids of the vdevs that are being split off.
2785 * This function determines what to do with that list: either rejoin
2786 * all the disks to the pool, or complete the splitting process. To attempt
2787 * the rejoin, each disk that is offlined is marked online again, and
2788 * we do a reopen() call. If the vdev label for every disk that was
2789 * marked online indicates it was successfully split off (VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
2790 * then we call vdev_split() on each disk, and complete the split.
2792 * Otherwise we leave the config alone, with all the vdevs in place in
2793 * the original pool.
2796 spa_try_repair(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
2803 boolean_t attempt_reopen
;
2805 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
, &nvl
) != 0)
2808 /* check that the config is complete */
2809 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST
,
2810 &glist
, &gcount
) != 0)
2813 vd
= kmem_zalloc(gcount
* sizeof (vdev_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
2815 /* attempt to online all the vdevs & validate */
2816 attempt_reopen
= B_TRUE
;
2817 for (i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++) {
2818 if (glist
[i
] == 0) /* vdev is hole */
2821 vd
[i
] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, glist
[i
], B_FALSE
);
2822 if (vd
[i
] == NULL
) {
2824 * Don't bother attempting to reopen the disks;
2825 * just do the split.
2827 attempt_reopen
= B_FALSE
;
2829 /* attempt to re-online it */
2830 vd
[i
]->vdev_offline
= B_FALSE
;
2834 if (attempt_reopen
) {
2835 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
2837 /* check each device to see what state it's in */
2838 for (extracted
= 0, i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++) {
2839 if (vd
[i
] != NULL
&&
2840 vd
[i
]->vdev_stat
.vs_aux
!= VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL
)
2847 * If every disk has been moved to the new pool, or if we never
2848 * even attempted to look at them, then we split them off for
2851 if (!attempt_reopen
|| gcount
== extracted
) {
2852 for (i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++)
2855 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
2858 kmem_free(vd
, gcount
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
2862 spa_load(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
, spa_import_type_t type
)
2864 char *ereport
= FM_EREPORT_ZFS_POOL
;
2867 spa
->spa_load_state
= state
;
2868 (void) spa_import_progress_set_state(spa_guid(spa
),
2869 spa_load_state(spa
));
2871 gethrestime(&spa
->spa_loaded_ts
);
2872 error
= spa_load_impl(spa
, type
, &ereport
);
2875 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
2876 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
2878 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
2879 spa
->spa_minref
= zfs_refcount_count(&spa
->spa_refcount
);
2881 if (error
!= EEXIST
) {
2882 spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_sec
= 0;
2883 spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_nsec
= 0;
2885 if (error
!= EBADF
) {
2886 zfs_ereport_post(ereport
, spa
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0);
2889 spa
->spa_load_state
= error
? SPA_LOAD_ERROR
: SPA_LOAD_NONE
;
2892 (void) spa_import_progress_set_state(spa_guid(spa
),
2893 spa_load_state(spa
));
2900 * Count the number of per-vdev ZAPs associated with all of the vdevs in the
2901 * vdev tree rooted in the given vd, and ensure that each ZAP is present in the
2902 * spa's per-vdev ZAP list.
2905 vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t
*vd
)
2907 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
2910 if (vd
->vdev_top_zap
!= 0) {
2912 ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
2913 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, vd
->vdev_top_zap
));
2915 if (vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
!= 0) {
2917 ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
2918 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
));
2921 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
2922 total
+= vdev_count_verify_zaps(vd
->vdev_child
[i
]);
2930 * Determine whether the activity check is required.
2933 spa_activity_check_required(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
, nvlist_t
*label
,
2937 uint64_t hostid
= 0;
2938 uint64_t tryconfig_txg
= 0;
2939 uint64_t tryconfig_timestamp
= 0;
2940 uint16_t tryconfig_mmp_seq
= 0;
2943 if (nvlist_exists(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
)) {
2944 nvinfo
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
);
2945 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
,
2947 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP
,
2948 &tryconfig_timestamp
);
2949 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint16(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_SEQ
,
2950 &tryconfig_mmp_seq
);
2953 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
, &state
);
2956 * Disable the MMP activity check - This is used by zdb which
2957 * is intended to be used on potentially active pools.
2959 if (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP
)
2963 * Skip the activity check when the MMP feature is disabled.
2965 if (ub
->ub_mmp_magic
== MMP_MAGIC
&& ub
->ub_mmp_delay
== 0)
2969 * If the tryconfig_ values are nonzero, they are the results of an
2970 * earlier tryimport. If they all match the uberblock we just found,
2971 * then the pool has not changed and we return false so we do not test
2974 if (tryconfig_txg
&& tryconfig_txg
== ub
->ub_txg
&&
2975 tryconfig_timestamp
&& tryconfig_timestamp
== ub
->ub_timestamp
&&
2976 tryconfig_mmp_seq
&& tryconfig_mmp_seq
==
2977 (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0))
2981 * Allow the activity check to be skipped when importing the pool
2982 * on the same host which last imported it. Since the hostid from
2983 * configuration may be stale use the one read from the label.
2985 if (nvlist_exists(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
))
2986 hostid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
);
2988 if (hostid
== spa_get_hostid(spa
))
2992 * Skip the activity test when the pool was cleanly exported.
2994 if (state
!= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
)
3001 * Nanoseconds the activity check must watch for changes on-disk.
3004 spa_activity_check_duration(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
)
3006 uint64_t import_intervals
= MAX(zfs_multihost_import_intervals
, 1);
3007 uint64_t multihost_interval
= MSEC2NSEC(
3008 MMP_INTERVAL_OK(zfs_multihost_interval
));
3009 uint64_t import_delay
= MAX(NANOSEC
, import_intervals
*
3010 multihost_interval
);
3013 * Local tunables determine a minimum duration except for the case
3014 * where we know when the remote host will suspend the pool if MMP
3015 * writes do not land.
3017 * See Big Theory comment at the top of mmp.c for the reasoning behind
3018 * these cases and times.
3021 ASSERT(MMP_IMPORT_SAFETY_FACTOR
>= 100);
3023 if (MMP_INTERVAL_VALID(ub
) && MMP_FAIL_INT_VALID(ub
) &&
3024 MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
) > 0) {
3026 /* MMP on remote host will suspend pool after failed writes */
3027 import_delay
= MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
) * MSEC2NSEC(MMP_INTERVAL(ub
)) *
3028 MMP_IMPORT_SAFETY_FACTOR
/ 100;
3030 zfs_dbgmsg("fail_intvals>0 import_delay=%llu ub_mmp "
3031 "mmp_fails=%llu ub_mmp mmp_interval=%llu "
3032 "import_intervals=%u", import_delay
, MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
),
3033 MMP_INTERVAL(ub
), import_intervals
);
3035 } else if (MMP_INTERVAL_VALID(ub
) && MMP_FAIL_INT_VALID(ub
) &&
3036 MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
) == 0) {
3038 /* MMP on remote host will never suspend pool */
3039 import_delay
= MAX(import_delay
, (MSEC2NSEC(MMP_INTERVAL(ub
)) +
3040 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
) * import_intervals
);
3042 zfs_dbgmsg("fail_intvals=0 import_delay=%llu ub_mmp "
3043 "mmp_interval=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu "
3044 "import_intervals=%u", import_delay
, MMP_INTERVAL(ub
),
3045 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
, import_intervals
);
3047 } else if (MMP_VALID(ub
)) {
3049 * zfs-0.7 compatibility case
3052 import_delay
= MAX(import_delay
, (multihost_interval
+
3053 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
) * import_intervals
);
3055 zfs_dbgmsg("import_delay=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu "
3056 "import_intervals=%u leaves=%u", import_delay
,
3057 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
, import_intervals
,
3058 vdev_count_leaves(spa
));
3060 /* Using local tunings is the only reasonable option */
3061 zfs_dbgmsg("pool last imported on non-MMP aware "
3062 "host using import_delay=%llu multihost_interval=%llu "
3063 "import_intervals=%u", import_delay
, multihost_interval
,
3067 return (import_delay
);
3071 * Perform the import activity check. If the user canceled the import or
3072 * we detected activity then fail.
3075 spa_activity_check(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
, nvlist_t
*config
)
3077 uint64_t txg
= ub
->ub_txg
;
3078 uint64_t timestamp
= ub
->ub_timestamp
;
3079 uint64_t mmp_config
= ub
->ub_mmp_config
;
3080 uint16_t mmp_seq
= MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0;
3081 uint64_t import_delay
;
3082 hrtime_t import_expire
;
3083 nvlist_t
*mmp_label
= NULL
;
3084 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3089 cv_init(&cv
, NULL
, CV_DEFAULT
, NULL
);
3090 mutex_init(&mtx
, NULL
, MUTEX_DEFAULT
, NULL
);
3094 * If ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG is present an activity check was performed
3095 * during the earlier tryimport. If the txg recorded there is 0 then
3096 * the pool is known to be active on another host.
3098 * Otherwise, the pool might be in use on another host. Check for
3099 * changes in the uberblocks on disk if necessary.
3101 if (nvlist_exists(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
)) {
3102 nvlist_t
*nvinfo
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
,
3103 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
);
3105 if (nvlist_exists(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
) &&
3106 fnvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
) == 0) {
3107 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &mmp_label
);
3108 error
= SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO
);
3113 import_delay
= spa_activity_check_duration(spa
, ub
);
3115 /* Add a small random factor in case of simultaneous imports (0-25%) */
3116 import_delay
+= import_delay
* spa_get_random(250) / 1000;
3118 import_expire
= gethrtime() + import_delay
;
3120 while (gethrtime() < import_expire
) {
3121 (void) spa_import_progress_set_mmp_check(spa_guid(spa
),
3122 NSEC2SEC(import_expire
- gethrtime()));
3124 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &mmp_label
);
3126 if (txg
!= ub
->ub_txg
|| timestamp
!= ub
->ub_timestamp
||
3127 mmp_seq
!= (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0)) {
3128 zfs_dbgmsg("multihost activity detected "
3129 "txg %llu ub_txg %llu "
3130 "timestamp %llu ub_timestamp %llu "
3131 "mmp_config %#llx ub_mmp_config %#llx",
3132 txg
, ub
->ub_txg
, timestamp
, ub
->ub_timestamp
,
3133 mmp_config
, ub
->ub_mmp_config
);
3135 error
= SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO
);
3140 nvlist_free(mmp_label
);
3144 error
= cv_timedwait_sig(&cv
, &mtx
, ddi_get_lbolt() + hz
);
3146 error
= SET_ERROR(EINTR
);
3154 mutex_destroy(&mtx
);
3158 * If the pool is determined to be active store the status in the
3159 * spa->spa_load_info nvlist. If the remote hostname or hostid are
3160 * available from configuration read from disk store them as well.
3161 * This allows 'zpool import' to generate a more useful message.
3163 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE - observed pool status (mandatory)
3164 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME - hostname from the active pool
3165 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID - hostid from the active pool
3167 if (error
== EREMOTEIO
) {
3168 char *hostname
= "<unknown>";
3169 uint64_t hostid
= 0;
3172 if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
)) {
3173 hostname
= fnvlist_lookup_string(mmp_label
,
3174 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
);
3175 fnvlist_add_string(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3176 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME
, hostname
);
3179 if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
)) {
3180 hostid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mmp_label
,
3181 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
);
3182 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3183 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID
, hostid
);
3187 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3188 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_ACTIVE
);
3189 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3190 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
, 0);
3192 error
= spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
);
3196 nvlist_free(mmp_label
);
3202 spa_verify_host(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*mos_config
)
3206 uint64_t myhostid
= 0;
3208 if (!spa_is_root(spa
) && nvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config
,
3209 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
, &hostid
) == 0) {
3210 hostname
= fnvlist_lookup_string(mos_config
,
3211 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
);
3213 myhostid
= zone_get_hostid(NULL
);
3215 if (hostid
!= 0 && myhostid
!= 0 && hostid
!= myhostid
) {
3216 cmn_err(CE_WARN
, "pool '%s' could not be "
3217 "loaded as it was last accessed by "
3218 "another system (host: %s hostid: 0x%llx). "
3219 "See: http://illumos.org/msg/ZFS-8000-EY",
3220 spa_name(spa
), hostname
, (u_longlong_t
)hostid
);
3221 spa_load_failed(spa
, "hostid verification failed: pool "
3222 "last accessed by host: %s (hostid: 0x%llx)",
3223 hostname
, (u_longlong_t
)hostid
);
3224 return (SET_ERROR(EBADF
));
3232 spa_ld_parse_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
3235 nvlist_t
*nvtree
, *nvl
, *config
= spa
->spa_config
;
3242 * Versioning wasn't explicitly added to the label until later, so if
3243 * it's not present treat it as the initial version.
3245 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
,
3246 &spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
) != 0)
3247 spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
= SPA_VERSION_INITIAL
;
3249 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
, &pool_guid
)) {
3250 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
3251 ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
);
3252 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
3256 * If we are doing an import, ensure that the pool is not already
3257 * imported by checking if its pool guid already exists in the
3260 * The only case that we allow an already imported pool to be
3261 * imported again, is when the pool is checkpointed and we want to
3262 * look at its checkpointed state from userland tools like zdb.
3265 if ((spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
3266 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) &&
3267 spa_guid_exists(pool_guid
, 0)) {
3269 if ((spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
3270 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) &&
3271 spa_guid_exists(pool_guid
, 0) &&
3272 !spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa
)) {
3274 spa_load_failed(spa
, "a pool with guid %llu is already open",
3275 (u_longlong_t
)pool_guid
);
3276 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
3279 spa
->spa_config_guid
= pool_guid
;
3281 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_load_info
);
3282 spa
->spa_load_info
= fnvlist_alloc();
3284 ASSERT(spa
->spa_comment
== NULL
);
3285 if (nvlist_lookup_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMMENT
, &comment
) == 0)
3286 spa
->spa_comment
= spa_strdup(comment
);
3288 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
,
3289 &spa
->spa_config_txg
);
3291 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
, &nvl
) == 0)
3292 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= fnvlist_dup(nvl
);
3294 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvtree
)) {
3295 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
3296 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
3297 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
3301 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
3303 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= kmem_alloc(max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *),
3305 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++) {
3306 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
3307 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
|
3308 ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER
);
3312 * Parse the configuration into a vdev tree. We explicitly set the
3313 * value that will be returned by spa_version() since parsing the
3314 * configuration requires knowing the version number.
3316 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3317 parse
= (type
== SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
?
3318 VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD
: VDEV_ALLOC_SPLIT
);
3319 error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &rvd
, nvtree
, NULL
, 0, parse
);
3320 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3323 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to parse config [error=%d]",
3328 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== rvd
);
3329 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_min_ashift
, >=, SPA_MINBLOCKSHIFT
);
3330 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_max_ashift
, <=, SPA_MAXBLOCKSHIFT
);
3332 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
3333 ASSERT(spa_guid(spa
) == pool_guid
);
3340 * Recursively open all vdevs in the vdev tree. This function is called twice:
3341 * first with the untrusted config, then with the trusted config.
3344 spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
)
3349 * spa_missing_tvds_allowed defines how many top-level vdevs can be
3350 * missing/unopenable for the root vdev to be still considered openable.
3352 if (spa
->spa_trust_config
) {
3353 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds
;
3354 } else if (spa
->spa_config_source
== SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
) {
3355 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile
;
3356 } else if (spa
->spa_config_source
== SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN
) {
3357 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan
;
3359 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= 0;
3362 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
=
3363 MAX(zfs_max_missing_tvds
, spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
);
3365 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3366 error
= vdev_open(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
3367 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3369 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0) {
3370 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev tree has %lld missing top-level "
3371 "vdevs.", (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_missing_tvds
);
3372 if (spa
->spa_trust_config
&& (spa
->spa_mode
& SPA_MODE_WRITE
)) {
3374 * Although theoretically we could allow users to open
3375 * incomplete pools in RW mode, we'd need to add a lot
3376 * of extra logic (e.g. adjust pool space to account
3377 * for missing vdevs).
3378 * This limitation also prevents users from accidentally
3379 * opening the pool in RW mode during data recovery and
3380 * damaging it further.
3382 spa_load_note(spa
, "pools with missing top-level "
3383 "vdevs can only be opened in read-only mode.");
3384 error
= SET_ERROR(ENXIO
);
3386 spa_load_note(spa
, "current settings allow for maximum "
3387 "%lld missing top-level vdevs at this stage.",
3388 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
);
3392 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to open vdev tree [error=%d]",
3395 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0 || error
!= 0)
3396 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, 2);
3402 * We need to validate the vdev labels against the configuration that
3403 * we have in hand. This function is called twice: first with an untrusted
3404 * config, then with a trusted config. The validation is more strict when the
3405 * config is trusted.
3408 spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
)
3411 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3413 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3414 error
= vdev_validate(rvd
);
3415 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3418 spa_load_failed(spa
, "vdev_validate failed [error=%d]", error
);
3422 if (rvd
->vdev_state
<= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
3423 spa_load_failed(spa
, "cannot open vdev tree after invalidating "
3425 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3426 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
3433 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
)
3435 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
;
3436 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
3437 spa
->spa_verify_min_txg
= spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
?
3438 TXG_INITIAL
- 1 : spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) - TXG_DEFER_SIZE
- 1;
3439 spa
->spa_first_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
?
3440 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
: spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) + 1;
3441 spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
= spa
->spa_first_txg
;
3442 spa
->spa_prev_software_version
= ub
->ub_software_version
;
3446 spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
3448 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3450 uberblock_t
*ub
= &spa
->spa_uberblock
;
3451 boolean_t activity_check
= B_FALSE
;
3454 * If we are opening the checkpointed state of the pool by
3455 * rewinding to it, at this point we will have written the
3456 * checkpointed uberblock to the vdev labels, so searching
3457 * the labels will find the right uberblock. However, if
3458 * we are opening the checkpointed state read-only, we have
3459 * not modified the labels. Therefore, we must ignore the
3460 * labels and continue using the spa_uberblock that was set
3461 * by spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind.
3463 * Note that it would be fine to ignore the labels when
3464 * rewinding (opening writeable) as well. However, if we
3465 * crash just after writing the labels, we will end up
3466 * searching the labels. Doing so in the common case means
3467 * that this code path gets exercised normally, rather than
3468 * just in the edge case.
3470 if (ub
->ub_checkpoint_txg
!= 0 &&
3471 spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa
)) {
3472 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa
, ub
);
3477 * Find the best uberblock.
3479 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &label
);
3482 * If we weren't able to find a single valid uberblock, return failure.
3484 if (ub
->ub_txg
== 0) {
3486 spa_load_failed(spa
, "no valid uberblock found");
3487 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, ENXIO
));
3490 if (spa
->spa_load_max_txg
!= UINT64_MAX
) {
3491 (void) spa_import_progress_set_max_txg(spa_guid(spa
),
3492 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_load_max_txg
);
3494 spa_load_note(spa
, "using uberblock with txg=%llu",
3495 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_txg
);
3499 * For pools which have the multihost property on determine if the
3500 * pool is truly inactive and can be safely imported. Prevent
3501 * hosts which don't have a hostid set from importing the pool.
3503 activity_check
= spa_activity_check_required(spa
, ub
, label
,
3505 if (activity_check
) {
3506 if (ub
->ub_mmp_magic
== MMP_MAGIC
&& ub
->ub_mmp_delay
&&
3507 spa_get_hostid(spa
) == 0) {
3509 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3510 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID
);
3511 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
));
3514 int error
= spa_activity_check(spa
, ub
, spa
->spa_config
);
3520 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3521 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_INACTIVE
);
3522 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3523 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
, ub
->ub_txg
);
3524 fnvlist_add_uint16(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3525 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_SEQ
,
3526 (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0));
3530 * If the pool has an unsupported version we can't open it.
3532 if (!SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(ub
->ub_version
)) {
3534 spa_load_failed(spa
, "version %llu is not supported",
3535 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_version
);
3536 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_VERSION_NEWER
, ENOTSUP
));
3539 if (ub
->ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
3543 * If we weren't able to find what's necessary for reading the
3544 * MOS in the label, return failure.
3546 if (label
== NULL
) {
3547 spa_load_failed(spa
, "label config unavailable");
3548 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
3552 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ
,
3555 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid label: '%s' missing",
3556 ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ
);
3557 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
3562 * Update our in-core representation with the definitive values
3565 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_label_features
);
3566 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(features
, &spa
->spa_label_features
, 0) == 0);
3572 * Look through entries in the label nvlist's features_for_read. If
3573 * there is a feature listed there which we don't understand then we
3574 * cannot open a pool.
3576 if (ub
->ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
3577 nvlist_t
*unsup_feat
;
3579 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&unsup_feat
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) ==
3582 for (nvpair_t
*nvp
= nvlist_next_nvpair(spa
->spa_label_features
,
3584 nvp
= nvlist_next_nvpair(spa
->spa_label_features
, nvp
)) {
3585 if (!zfeature_is_supported(nvpair_name(nvp
))) {
3586 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(unsup_feat
,
3587 nvpair_name(nvp
), "") == 0);
3591 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat
)) {
3592 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3593 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT
, unsup_feat
) == 0);
3594 nvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
3595 spa_load_failed(spa
, "some features are unsupported");
3596 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
3600 nvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
3603 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
&& spa
->spa_config_splitting
) {
3604 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3605 spa_try_repair(spa
, spa
->spa_config
);
3606 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3607 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_splitting
);
3608 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
3612 * Initialize internal SPA structures.
3614 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa
, ub
);
3620 spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa_t
*spa
)
3623 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3625 error
= dsl_pool_init(spa
, spa
->spa_first_txg
, &spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
3627 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to open rootbp in dsl_pool_init "
3628 "[error=%d]", error
);
3629 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3631 spa
->spa_meta_objset
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_meta_objset
;
3637 spa_ld_trusted_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
,
3638 boolean_t reloading
)
3640 vdev_t
*mrvd
, *rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3641 nvlist_t
*nv
, *mos_config
, *policy
;
3642 int error
= 0, copy_error
;
3643 uint64_t healthy_tvds
, healthy_tvds_mos
;
3644 uint64_t mos_config_txg
;
3646 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_CONFIG
, &spa
->spa_config_object
, B_TRUE
)
3648 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3651 * If we're assembling a pool from a split, the config provided is
3652 * already trusted so there is nothing to do.
3654 if (type
== SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
)
3657 healthy_tvds
= spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa
);
3659 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, &mos_config
)
3661 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
3662 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3666 * If we are doing an open, pool owner wasn't verified yet, thus do
3667 * the verification here.
3669 if (spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_OPEN
) {
3670 error
= spa_verify_host(spa
, mos_config
);
3672 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
3677 nv
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(mos_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
3679 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3682 * Build a new vdev tree from the trusted config
3684 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa
, &mrvd
, nv
, NULL
, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD
) == 0);
3687 * Vdev paths in the MOS may be obsolete. If the untrusted config was
3688 * obtained by scanning /dev/dsk, then it will have the right vdev
3689 * paths. We update the trusted MOS config with this information.
3690 * We first try to copy the paths with vdev_copy_path_strict, which
3691 * succeeds only when both configs have exactly the same vdev tree.
3692 * If that fails, we fall back to a more flexible method that has a
3693 * best effort policy.
3695 copy_error
= vdev_copy_path_strict(rvd
, mrvd
);
3696 if (copy_error
!= 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree
) {
3697 spa_load_note(spa
, "provided vdev tree:");
3698 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3699 spa_load_note(spa
, "MOS vdev tree:");
3700 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(mrvd
, 2);
3702 if (copy_error
!= 0) {
3703 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev_copy_path_strict failed, falling "
3704 "back to vdev_copy_path_relaxed");
3705 vdev_copy_path_relaxed(rvd
, mrvd
);
3710 spa
->spa_root_vdev
= mrvd
;
3712 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3715 * We will use spa_config if we decide to reload the spa or if spa_load
3716 * fails and we rewind. We must thus regenerate the config using the
3717 * MOS information with the updated paths. ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY is used to
3718 * pass settings on how to load the pool and is not stored in the MOS.
3719 * We copy it over to our new, trusted config.
3721 mos_config_txg
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config
,
3722 ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
);
3723 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
3724 mos_config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, mos_config_txg
, B_FALSE
);
3725 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(spa
->spa_config
, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY
,
3727 fnvlist_add_nvlist(mos_config
, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY
, policy
);
3728 spa_config_set(spa
, mos_config
);
3729 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_MOS
;
3732 * Now that we got the config from the MOS, we should be more strict
3733 * in checking blkptrs and can make assumptions about the consistency
3734 * of the vdev tree. spa_trust_config must be set to true before opening
3735 * vdevs in order for them to be writeable.
3737 spa
->spa_trust_config
= B_TRUE
;
3740 * Open and validate the new vdev tree
3742 error
= spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa
);
3746 error
= spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa
);
3750 if (copy_error
!= 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree
) {
3751 spa_load_note(spa
, "final vdev tree:");
3752 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3755 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
&&
3756 !spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
&& zfs_max_missing_tvds
== 0) {
3758 * Sanity check to make sure that we are indeed loading the
3759 * latest uberblock. If we missed SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS tvds
3760 * in the config provided and they happened to be the only ones
3761 * to have the latest uberblock, we could involuntarily perform
3762 * an extreme rewind.
3764 healthy_tvds_mos
= spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa
);
3765 if (healthy_tvds_mos
- healthy_tvds
>=
3766 SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
) {
3767 spa_load_note(spa
, "config provided misses too many "
3768 "top-level vdevs compared to MOS (%lld vs %lld). ",
3769 (u_longlong_t
)healthy_tvds
,
3770 (u_longlong_t
)healthy_tvds_mos
);
3771 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev tree:");
3772 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3774 spa_load_failed(spa
, "config was already "
3775 "provided from MOS. Aborting.");
3776 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
,
3777 VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3779 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa must be reloaded using MOS "
3781 return (SET_ERROR(EAGAIN
));
3785 error
= spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa
);
3787 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM
, ENXIO
));
3789 if (rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
!= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_guid_sum
) {
3790 spa_load_failed(spa
, "uberblock guid sum doesn't match MOS "
3791 "guid sum (%llu != %llu)",
3792 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_guid_sum
,
3793 (u_longlong_t
)rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
);
3794 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM
,
3802 spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
3805 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3808 * Everything that we read before spa_remove_init() must be stored
3809 * on concreted vdevs. Therefore we do this as early as possible.
3811 error
= spa_remove_init(spa
);
3813 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_remove_init failed [error=%d]",
3815 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3819 * Retrieve information needed to condense indirect vdev mappings.
3821 error
= spa_condense_init(spa
);
3823 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_condense_init failed [error=%d]",
3825 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
3832 spa_ld_check_features(spa_t
*spa
, boolean_t
*missing_feat_writep
)
3835 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3837 if (spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
3838 boolean_t missing_feat_read
= B_FALSE
;
3839 nvlist_t
*unsup_feat
, *enabled_feat
;
3841 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_READ
,
3842 &spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
3843 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3846 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_WRITE
,
3847 &spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
3848 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3851 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_DESCRIPTIONS
,
3852 &spa
->spa_feat_desc_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
3853 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3856 enabled_feat
= fnvlist_alloc();
3857 unsup_feat
= fnvlist_alloc();
3859 if (!spa_features_check(spa
, B_FALSE
,
3860 unsup_feat
, enabled_feat
))
3861 missing_feat_read
= B_TRUE
;
3863 if (spa_writeable(spa
) ||
3864 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
3865 if (!spa_features_check(spa
, B_TRUE
,
3866 unsup_feat
, enabled_feat
)) {
3867 *missing_feat_writep
= B_TRUE
;
3871 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3872 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ENABLED_FEAT
, enabled_feat
);
3874 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat
)) {
3875 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3876 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT
, unsup_feat
);
3879 fnvlist_free(enabled_feat
);
3880 fnvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
3882 if (!missing_feat_read
) {
3883 fnvlist_add_boolean(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3884 ZPOOL_CONFIG_CAN_RDONLY
);
3888 * If the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, our objective is
3889 * twofold: to determine whether the pool is available for
3890 * import in read-write mode and (if it is not) whether the
3891 * pool is available for import in read-only mode. If the pool
3892 * is available for import in read-write mode, it is displayed
3893 * as available in userland; if it is not available for import
3894 * in read-only mode, it is displayed as unavailable in
3895 * userland. If the pool is available for import in read-only
3896 * mode but not read-write mode, it is displayed as unavailable
3897 * in userland with a special note that the pool is actually
3898 * available for open in read-only mode.
3900 * As a result, if the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT and we are
3901 * missing a feature for write, we must first determine whether
3902 * the pool can be opened read-only before returning to
3903 * userland in order to know whether to display the
3904 * abovementioned note.
3906 if (missing_feat_read
|| (*missing_feat_writep
&&
3907 spa_writeable(spa
))) {
3908 spa_load_failed(spa
, "pool uses unsupported features");
3909 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
3914 * Load refcounts for ZFS features from disk into an in-memory
3915 * cache during SPA initialization.
3917 for (spa_feature_t i
= 0; i
< SPA_FEATURES
; i
++) {
3920 error
= feature_get_refcount_from_disk(spa
,
3921 &spa_feature_table
[i
], &refcount
);
3923 spa
->spa_feat_refcount_cache
[i
] = refcount
;
3924 } else if (error
== ENOTSUP
) {
3925 spa
->spa_feat_refcount_cache
[i
] =
3926 SPA_FEATURE_DISABLED
;
3928 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error getting refcount "
3929 "for feature %s [error=%d]",
3930 spa_feature_table
[i
].fi_guid
, error
);
3931 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
,
3932 VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3937 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG
)) {
3938 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG
,
3939 &spa
->spa_feat_enabled_txg_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
3940 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3944 * Encryption was added before bookmark_v2, even though bookmark_v2
3945 * is now a dependency. If this pool has encryption enabled without
3946 * bookmark_v2, trigger an errata message.
3948 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION
) &&
3949 !spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_BOOKMARK_V2
)) {
3950 spa
->spa_errata
= ZPOOL_ERRATA_ZOL_8308_ENCRYPTION
;
3957 spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa_t
*spa
)
3960 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3962 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_TRUE
;
3963 error
= dsl_pool_open(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
3964 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_FALSE
;
3966 spa_load_failed(spa
, "dsl_pool_open failed [error=%d]", error
);
3967 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3974 spa_ld_get_props(spa_t
*spa
)
3978 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3980 /* Grab the checksum salt from the MOS. */
3981 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
3982 DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
, 1,
3983 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
),
3984 spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
);
3985 if (error
== ENOENT
) {
3986 /* Generate a new salt for subsequent use */
3987 (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
,
3988 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
));
3989 } else if (error
!= 0) {
3990 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve checksum salt from "
3991 "MOS [error=%d]", error
);
3992 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3995 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ
, &obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
3996 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3997 error
= bpobj_open(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
);
3999 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error opening deferred-frees bpobj "
4000 "[error=%d]", error
);
4001 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4005 * Load the bit that tells us to use the new accounting function
4006 * (raid-z deflation). If we have an older pool, this will not
4009 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
, &spa
->spa_deflate
, B_FALSE
);
4010 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4011 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4013 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION
,
4014 &spa
->spa_creation_version
, B_FALSE
);
4015 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4016 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4019 * Load the persistent error log. If we have an older pool, this will
4022 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_LAST
, &spa
->spa_errlog_last
,
4024 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4025 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4027 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_SCRUB
,
4028 &spa
->spa_errlog_scrub
, B_FALSE
);
4029 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4030 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4033 * Load the livelist deletion field. If a livelist is queued for
4034 * deletion, indicate that in the spa
4036 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_DELETED_CLONES
,
4037 &spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
, B_FALSE
);
4038 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4039 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4042 * Load the history object. If we have an older pool, this
4043 * will not be present.
4045 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_HISTORY
, &spa
->spa_history
, B_FALSE
);
4046 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4047 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4050 * Load the per-vdev ZAP map. If we have an older pool, this will not
4051 * be present; in this case, defer its creation to a later time to
4052 * avoid dirtying the MOS this early / out of sync context. See
4053 * spa_sync_config_object.
4056 /* The sentinel is only available in the MOS config. */
4057 nvlist_t
*mos_config
;
4058 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, &mos_config
) != 0) {
4059 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
4060 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4063 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
,
4064 &spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, B_FALSE
);
4066 if (error
== ENOENT
) {
4067 VERIFY(!nvlist_exists(mos_config
,
4068 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
));
4069 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE
;
4070 ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
));
4071 } else if (error
!= 0) {
4072 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4073 } else if (!nvlist_exists(mos_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
)) {
4075 * An older version of ZFS overwrote the sentinel value, so
4076 * we have orphaned per-vdev ZAPs in the MOS. Defer their
4077 * destruction to later; see spa_sync_config_object.
4079 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY
;
4081 * We're assuming that no vdevs have had their ZAPs created
4082 * before this. Better be sure of it.
4084 ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
));
4086 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
4088 spa
->spa_delegation
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
);
4090 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_PROPS
, &spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
4092 if (error
&& error
!= ENOENT
)
4093 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4096 uint64_t autoreplace
;
4098 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
, &spa
->spa_bootfs
);
4099 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE
, &autoreplace
);
4100 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
, &spa
->spa_delegation
);
4101 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
, &spa
->spa_failmode
);
4102 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
, &spa
->spa_autoexpand
);
4103 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
, &spa
->spa_multihost
);
4104 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
, &spa
->spa_autotrim
);
4105 spa
->spa_autoreplace
= (autoreplace
!= 0);
4109 * If we are importing a pool with missing top-level vdevs,
4110 * we enforce that the pool doesn't panic or get suspended on
4111 * error since the likelihood of missing data is extremely high.
4113 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
> 0 &&
4114 spa
->spa_failmode
!= ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE
&&
4115 spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4116 spa_load_note(spa
, "forcing failmode to 'continue' "
4117 "as some top level vdevs are missing");
4118 spa
->spa_failmode
= ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE
;
4125 spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
4128 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4131 * If we're assembling the pool from the split-off vdevs of
4132 * an existing pool, we don't want to attach the spares & cache
4137 * Load any hot spares for this pool.
4139 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_SPARES
, &spa
->spa_spares
.sav_object
,
4141 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4142 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4143 if (error
== 0 && type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
4144 ASSERT(spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES
);
4145 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_object
,
4146 &spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) != 0) {
4147 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error loading spares nvlist");
4148 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4151 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4152 spa_load_spares(spa
);
4153 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4154 } else if (error
== 0) {
4155 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
4159 * Load any level 2 ARC devices for this pool.
4161 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE
,
4162 &spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_object
, B_FALSE
);
4163 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4164 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4165 if (error
== 0 && type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
4166 ASSERT(spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE
);
4167 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_object
,
4168 &spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) != 0) {
4169 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error loading l2cache nvlist");
4170 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4173 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4174 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
4175 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4176 } else if (error
== 0) {
4177 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
4184 spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
4187 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4190 * If the 'multihost' property is set, then never allow a pool to
4191 * be imported when the system hostid is zero. The exception to
4192 * this rule is zdb which is always allowed to access pools.
4194 if (spa_multihost(spa
) && spa_get_hostid(spa
) == 0 &&
4195 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP
) == 0) {
4196 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
4197 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID
);
4198 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
));
4202 * If the 'autoreplace' property is set, then post a resource notifying
4203 * the ZFS DE that it should not issue any faults for unopenable
4204 * devices. We also iterate over the vdevs, and post a sysevent for any
4205 * unopenable vdevs so that the normal autoreplace handler can take
4208 if (spa
->spa_autoreplace
&& spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4209 spa_check_removed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
4211 * For the import case, this is done in spa_import(), because
4212 * at this point we're using the spare definitions from
4213 * the MOS config, not necessarily from the userland config.
4215 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
) {
4216 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_spares
);
4217 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_l2cache
);
4222 * Load the vdev metadata such as metaslabs, DTLs, spacemap object, etc.
4224 error
= vdev_load(rvd
);
4226 spa_load_failed(spa
, "vdev_load failed [error=%d]", error
);
4227 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
4230 error
= spa_ld_log_spacemaps(spa
);
4232 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_ld_log_sm_data failed [error=%d]",
4234 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
4238 * Propagate the leaf DTLs we just loaded all the way up the vdev tree.
4240 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4241 vdev_dtl_reassess(rvd
, 0, 0, B_FALSE
, B_FALSE
);
4242 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4248 spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa_t
*spa
)
4251 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4253 error
= ddt_load(spa
);
4255 spa_load_failed(spa
, "ddt_load failed [error=%d]", error
);
4256 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4263 spa_ld_verify_logs(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, char **ereport
)
4265 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4267 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
&& spa_writeable(spa
)) {
4268 boolean_t missing
= spa_check_logs(spa
);
4270 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0) {
4271 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_check_logs failed "
4272 "so dropping the logs");
4274 *ereport
= FM_EREPORT_ZFS_LOG_REPLAY
;
4275 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_check_logs failed");
4276 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_LOG
,
4286 spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa_t
*spa
)
4289 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4292 * We've successfully opened the pool, verify that we're ready
4293 * to start pushing transactions.
4295 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4296 error
= spa_load_verify(spa
);
4298 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_load_verify failed "
4299 "[error=%d]", error
);
4300 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
4309 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa_t
*spa
)
4312 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
4315 * Claim log blocks that haven't been committed yet.
4316 * This must all happen in a single txg.
4317 * Note: spa_claim_max_txg is updated by spa_claim_notify(),
4318 * invoked from zil_claim_log_block()'s i/o done callback.
4319 * Price of rollback is that we abandon the log.
4321 spa
->spa_claiming
= B_TRUE
;
4323 tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, spa_first_txg(spa
));
4324 (void) dmu_objset_find_dp(dp
, dp
->dp_root_dir_obj
,
4325 zil_claim
, tx
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
4328 spa
->spa_claiming
= B_FALSE
;
4330 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_GOOD
);
4334 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t config_cache_txg
,
4335 boolean_t update_config_cache
)
4337 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4338 int need_update
= B_FALSE
;
4341 * If the config cache is stale, or we have uninitialized
4342 * metaslabs (see spa_vdev_add()), then update the config.
4344 * If this is a verbatim import, trust the current
4345 * in-core spa_config and update the disk labels.
4347 if (update_config_cache
|| config_cache_txg
!= spa
->spa_config_txg
||
4348 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
4349 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
||
4350 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM
))
4351 need_update
= B_TRUE
;
4353 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
4354 if (rvd
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ms_array
== 0)
4355 need_update
= B_TRUE
;
4358 * Update the config cache asynchronously in case we're the
4359 * root pool, in which case the config cache isn't writable yet.
4362 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
4366 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa_t
*spa
)
4368 spa_mode_t mode
= spa
->spa_mode
;
4369 int async_suspended
= spa
->spa_async_suspended
;
4372 spa_deactivate(spa
);
4373 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
4376 * We save the value of spa_async_suspended as it gets reset to 0 by
4377 * spa_unload(). We want to restore it back to the original value before
4378 * returning as we might be calling spa_async_resume() later.
4380 spa
->spa_async_suspended
= async_suspended
;
4384 spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa_t
*spa
)
4386 uberblock_t checkpoint
;
4389 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_checkpoint_txg
);
4390 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4392 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
4393 DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
, sizeof (uint64_t),
4394 sizeof (uberblock_t
) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint
);
4396 if (error
== ENOENT
)
4402 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, !=, 0);
4403 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_checkpoint_txg
, !=, 0);
4404 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
, !=, 0);
4405 spa
->spa_checkpoint_txg
= checkpoint
.ub_txg
;
4406 spa
->spa_checkpoint_info
.sci_timestamp
= checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
;
4412 spa_ld_mos_init(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
4416 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4417 ASSERT(spa
->spa_config_source
!= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE
);
4420 * Never trust the config that is provided unless we are assembling
4421 * a pool following a split.
4422 * This means don't trust blkptrs and the vdev tree in general. This
4423 * also effectively puts the spa in read-only mode since
4424 * spa_writeable() checks for spa_trust_config to be true.
4425 * We will later load a trusted config from the MOS.
4427 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
)
4428 spa
->spa_trust_config
= B_FALSE
;
4431 * Parse the config provided to create a vdev tree.
4433 error
= spa_ld_parse_config(spa
, type
);
4437 spa_import_progress_add(spa
);
4440 * Now that we have the vdev tree, try to open each vdev. This involves
4441 * opening the underlying physical device, retrieving its geometry and
4442 * probing the vdev with a dummy I/O. The state of each vdev will be set
4443 * based on the success of those operations. After this we'll be ready
4444 * to read from the vdevs.
4446 error
= spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa
);
4451 * Read the label of each vdev and make sure that the GUIDs stored
4452 * there match the GUIDs in the config provided.
4453 * If we're assembling a new pool that's been split off from an
4454 * existing pool, the labels haven't yet been updated so we skip
4455 * validation for now.
4457 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
4458 error
= spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa
);
4464 * Read all vdev labels to find the best uberblock (i.e. latest,
4465 * unless spa_load_max_txg is set) and store it in spa_uberblock. We
4466 * get the list of features required to read blkptrs in the MOS from
4467 * the vdev label with the best uberblock and verify that our version
4468 * of zfs supports them all.
4470 error
= spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa
, type
);
4475 * Pass that uberblock to the dsl_pool layer which will open the root
4476 * blkptr. This blkptr points to the latest version of the MOS and will
4477 * allow us to read its contents.
4479 error
= spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa
);
4487 spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa_t
*spa
)
4489 uberblock_t checkpoint
;
4492 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4493 ASSERT(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
4495 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
4496 DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
, sizeof (uint64_t),
4497 sizeof (uberblock_t
) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint
);
4500 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve checkpointed "
4501 "uberblock from the MOS config [error=%d]", error
);
4503 if (error
== ENOENT
)
4504 error
= ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT
;
4509 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, <, spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
);
4510 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, ==, checkpoint
.ub_checkpoint_txg
);
4513 * We need to update the txg and timestamp of the checkpointed
4514 * uberblock to be higher than the latest one. This ensures that
4515 * the checkpointed uberblock is selected if we were to close and
4516 * reopen the pool right after we've written it in the vdev labels.
4517 * (also see block comment in vdev_uberblock_compare)
4519 checkpoint
.ub_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
+ 1;
4520 checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
= gethrestime_sec();
4523 * Set current uberblock to be the checkpointed uberblock.
4525 spa
->spa_uberblock
= checkpoint
;
4528 * If we are doing a normal rewind, then the pool is open for
4529 * writing and we sync the "updated" checkpointed uberblock to
4530 * disk. Once this is done, we've basically rewound the whole
4531 * pool and there is no way back.
4533 * There are cases when we don't want to attempt and sync the
4534 * checkpointed uberblock to disk because we are opening a
4535 * pool as read-only. Specifically, verifying the checkpointed
4536 * state with zdb, and importing the checkpointed state to get
4537 * a "preview" of its content.
4539 if (spa_writeable(spa
)) {
4540 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4542 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4543 vdev_t
*svd
[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
] = { NULL
};
4545 int children
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
4546 int c0
= spa_get_random(children
);
4548 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
4549 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[(c0
+ c
) % children
];
4551 /* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
4552 if (c
> 0 && svd
[0] == vd
)
4555 if (vd
->vdev_ms_array
== 0 || vd
->vdev_islog
||
4556 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
4559 svd
[svdcount
++] = vd
;
4560 if (svdcount
== SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
)
4563 error
= vdev_config_sync(svd
, svdcount
, spa
->spa_first_txg
);
4565 spa
->spa_last_synced_guid
= rvd
->vdev_guid
;
4566 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4569 spa_load_failed(spa
, "failed to write checkpointed "
4570 "uberblock to the vdev labels [error=%d]", error
);
4579 spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
,
4580 boolean_t
*update_config_cache
)
4585 * Parse the config for pool, open and validate vdevs,
4586 * select an uberblock, and use that uberblock to open
4589 error
= spa_ld_mos_init(spa
, type
);
4594 * Retrieve the trusted config stored in the MOS and use it to create
4595 * a new, exact version of the vdev tree, then reopen all vdevs.
4597 error
= spa_ld_trusted_config(spa
, type
, B_FALSE
);
4598 if (error
== EAGAIN
) {
4599 if (update_config_cache
!= NULL
)
4600 *update_config_cache
= B_TRUE
;
4603 * Redo the loading process with the trusted config if it is
4604 * too different from the untrusted config.
4606 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa
);
4607 spa_load_note(spa
, "RELOADING");
4608 error
= spa_ld_mos_init(spa
, type
);
4612 error
= spa_ld_trusted_config(spa
, type
, B_TRUE
);
4616 } else if (error
!= 0) {
4624 * Load an existing storage pool, using the config provided. This config
4625 * describes which vdevs are part of the pool and is later validated against
4626 * partial configs present in each vdev's label and an entire copy of the
4627 * config stored in the MOS.
4630 spa_load_impl(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, char **ereport
)
4633 boolean_t missing_feat_write
= B_FALSE
;
4634 boolean_t checkpoint_rewind
=
4635 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
4636 boolean_t update_config_cache
= B_FALSE
;
4638 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4639 ASSERT(spa
->spa_config_source
!= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE
);
4641 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADING");
4643 error
= spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa
, type
, &update_config_cache
);
4648 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint then we need to repeat
4649 * everything we've done so far in this function but this time
4650 * selecting the checkpointed uberblock and using that to open
4653 if (checkpoint_rewind
) {
4655 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint update config cache
4658 update_config_cache
= B_TRUE
;
4661 * Extract the checkpointed uberblock from the current MOS
4662 * and use this as the pool's uberblock from now on. If the
4663 * pool is imported as writeable we also write the checkpoint
4664 * uberblock to the labels, making the rewind permanent.
4666 error
= spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa
);
4671 * Redo the loading process again with the
4672 * checkpointed uberblock.
4674 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa
);
4675 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADING checkpointed uberblock");
4676 error
= spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa
, type
, NULL
);
4682 * Retrieve the checkpoint txg if the pool has a checkpoint.
4684 error
= spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa
);
4689 * Retrieve the mapping of indirect vdevs. Those vdevs were removed
4690 * from the pool and their contents were re-mapped to other vdevs. Note
4691 * that everything that we read before this step must have been
4692 * rewritten on concrete vdevs after the last device removal was
4693 * initiated. Otherwise we could be reading from indirect vdevs before
4694 * we have loaded their mappings.
4696 error
= spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa
);
4701 * Retrieve the full list of active features from the MOS and check if
4702 * they are all supported.
4704 error
= spa_ld_check_features(spa
, &missing_feat_write
);
4709 * Load several special directories from the MOS needed by the dsl_pool
4712 error
= spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa
);
4717 * Retrieve pool properties from the MOS.
4719 error
= spa_ld_get_props(spa
);
4724 * Retrieve the list of auxiliary devices - cache devices and spares -
4727 error
= spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa
, type
);
4732 * Load the metadata for all vdevs. Also check if unopenable devices
4733 * should be autoreplaced.
4735 error
= spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa
);
4739 error
= spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa
);
4744 * Verify the logs now to make sure we don't have any unexpected errors
4745 * when we claim log blocks later.
4747 error
= spa_ld_verify_logs(spa
, type
, ereport
);
4751 if (missing_feat_write
) {
4752 ASSERT(spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
);
4755 * At this point, we know that we can open the pool in
4756 * read-only mode but not read-write mode. We now have enough
4757 * information and can return to userland.
4759 return (spa_vdev_err(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
4764 * Traverse the last txgs to make sure the pool was left off in a safe
4765 * state. When performing an extreme rewind, we verify the whole pool,
4766 * which can take a very long time.
4768 error
= spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa
);
4773 * Calculate the deflated space for the pool. This must be done before
4774 * we write anything to the pool because we'd need to update the space
4775 * accounting using the deflated sizes.
4777 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
4780 * We have now retrieved all the information we needed to open the
4781 * pool. If we are importing the pool in read-write mode, a few
4782 * additional steps must be performed to finish the import.
4784 if (spa_writeable(spa
) && (spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
||
4785 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
== UINT64_MAX
)) {
4786 uint64_t config_cache_txg
= spa
->spa_config_txg
;
4788 ASSERT(spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
);
4791 * In case of a checkpoint rewind, log the original txg
4792 * of the checkpointed uberblock.
4794 if (checkpoint_rewind
) {
4795 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "checkpoint rewind",
4796 NULL
, "rewound state to txg=%llu",
4797 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_checkpoint_txg
);
4801 * Traverse the ZIL and claim all blocks.
4803 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa
);
4806 * Kick-off the syncing thread.
4808 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_TRUE
;
4809 txg_sync_start(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
4810 mmp_thread_start(spa
);
4813 * Wait for all claims to sync. We sync up to the highest
4814 * claimed log block birth time so that claimed log blocks
4815 * don't appear to be from the future. spa_claim_max_txg
4816 * will have been set for us by ZIL traversal operations
4819 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
);
4822 * Check if we need to request an update of the config. On the
4823 * next sync, we would update the config stored in vdev labels
4824 * and the cachefile (by default /etc/zfs/zpool.cache).
4826 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa
, config_cache_txg
,
4827 update_config_cache
);
4830 * Check if a rebuild was in progress and if so resume it.
4831 * Then check all DTLs to see if anything needs resilvering.
4832 * The resilver will be deferred if a rebuild was started.
4834 if (vdev_rebuild_active(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) {
4835 vdev_rebuild_restart(spa
);
4836 } else if (!dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
) &&
4837 vdev_resilver_needed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, NULL
, NULL
)) {
4838 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER
);
4842 * Log the fact that we booted up (so that we can detect if
4843 * we rebooted in the middle of an operation).
4845 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "open", NULL
);
4847 spa_restart_removal(spa
);
4848 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa
);
4851 * Delete any inconsistent datasets.
4854 * Since we may be issuing deletes for clones here,
4855 * we make sure to do so after we've spawned all the
4856 * auxiliary threads above (from which the livelist
4857 * deletion zthr is part of).
4859 (void) dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa
),
4860 dsl_destroy_inconsistent
, NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
4863 * Clean up any stale temporary dataset userrefs.
4865 dsl_pool_clean_tmp_userrefs(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
4867 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
4868 vdev_initialize_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
4869 vdev_trim_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
4870 vdev_autotrim_restart(spa
);
4871 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
4874 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
4875 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_REBUILD
);
4877 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADED");
4883 spa_load_retry(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
)
4885 spa_mode_t mode
= spa
->spa_mode
;
4888 spa_deactivate(spa
);
4890 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
- 1;
4892 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
4893 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
4895 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_load_retry: rewind, max txg: %llu",
4896 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_load_max_txg
);
4898 return (spa_load(spa
, state
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
));
4902 * If spa_load() fails this function will try loading prior txg's. If
4903 * 'state' is SPA_LOAD_RECOVER and one of these loads succeeds the pool
4904 * will be rewound to that txg. If 'state' is not SPA_LOAD_RECOVER this
4905 * function will not rewind the pool and will return the same error as
4909 spa_load_best(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
, uint64_t max_request
,
4912 nvlist_t
*loadinfo
= NULL
;
4913 nvlist_t
*config
= NULL
;
4914 int load_error
, rewind_error
;
4915 uint64_t safe_rewind_txg
;
4918 if (spa
->spa_load_txg
&& state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
4919 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
;
4920 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
4922 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= max_request
;
4923 if (max_request
!= UINT64_MAX
)
4924 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
4927 load_error
= rewind_error
= spa_load(spa
, state
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
);
4928 if (load_error
== 0)
4930 if (load_error
== ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT
) {
4932 * When attempting checkpoint-rewind on a pool with no
4933 * checkpoint, we should not attempt to load uberblocks
4934 * from previous txgs when spa_load fails.
4936 ASSERT(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
4937 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
4938 return (load_error
);
4941 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
)
4942 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
4944 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
4945 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
;
4947 if (rewind_flags
& ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND
) {
4948 nvlist_free(config
);
4949 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
4950 return (load_error
);
4953 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
4954 /* Price of rolling back is discarding txgs, including log */
4955 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
4958 * If we aren't rolling back save the load info from our first
4959 * import attempt so that we can restore it after attempting
4962 loadinfo
= spa
->spa_load_info
;
4963 spa
->spa_load_info
= fnvlist_alloc();
4966 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
;
4967 safe_rewind_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
- TXG_DEFER_SIZE
;
4968 min_txg
= (rewind_flags
& ZPOOL_EXTREME_REWIND
) ?
4969 TXG_INITIAL
: safe_rewind_txg
;
4972 * Continue as long as we're finding errors, we're still within
4973 * the acceptable rewind range, and we're still finding uberblocks
4975 while (rewind_error
&& spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
>= min_txg
&&
4976 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
<= spa
->spa_load_max_txg
) {
4977 if (spa
->spa_load_max_txg
< safe_rewind_txg
)
4978 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
4979 rewind_error
= spa_load_retry(spa
, state
);
4982 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_FALSE
;
4983 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= UINT64_MAX
;
4985 if (config
&& (rewind_error
|| state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
))
4986 spa_config_set(spa
, config
);
4988 nvlist_free(config
);
4990 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
4991 ASSERT3P(loadinfo
, ==, NULL
);
4992 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
4993 return (rewind_error
);
4995 /* Store the rewind info as part of the initial load info */
4996 fnvlist_add_nvlist(loadinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_INFO
,
4997 spa
->spa_load_info
);
4999 /* Restore the initial load info */
5000 fnvlist_free(spa
->spa_load_info
);
5001 spa
->spa_load_info
= loadinfo
;
5003 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
5004 return (load_error
);
5011 * The import case is identical to an open except that the configuration is sent
5012 * down from userland, instead of grabbed from the configuration cache. For the
5013 * case of an open, the pool configuration will exist in the
5014 * POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED state.
5016 * The stats information (gen/count/ustats) is used to gather vdev statistics at
5017 * the same time open the pool, without having to keep around the spa_t in some
5021 spa_open_common(const char *pool
, spa_t
**spapp
, void *tag
, nvlist_t
*nvpolicy
,
5025 spa_load_state_t state
= SPA_LOAD_OPEN
;
5027 int locked
= B_FALSE
;
5028 int firstopen
= B_FALSE
;
5033 * As disgusting as this is, we need to support recursive calls to this
5034 * function because dsl_dir_open() is called during spa_load(), and ends
5035 * up calling spa_open() again. The real fix is to figure out how to
5036 * avoid dsl_dir_open() calling this in the first place.
5038 if (MUTEX_NOT_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
)) {
5039 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5043 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(pool
)) == NULL
) {
5045 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5046 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
5049 if (spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
5050 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
5054 zpool_get_load_policy(nvpolicy
? nvpolicy
: spa
->spa_config
,
5056 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_DO_REWIND
)
5057 state
= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
;
5059 spa_activate(spa
, spa_mode_global
);
5061 if (state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
)
5062 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
5063 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
;
5065 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_open_common: opening %s", pool
);
5066 error
= spa_load_best(spa
, state
, policy
.zlp_txg
,
5069 if (error
== EBADF
) {
5071 * If vdev_validate() returns failure (indicated by
5072 * EBADF), it indicates that one of the vdevs indicates
5073 * that the pool has been exported or destroyed. If
5074 * this is the case, the config cache is out of sync and
5075 * we should remove the pool from the namespace.
5078 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5079 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_TRUE
, B_TRUE
);
5082 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5083 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
5088 * We can't open the pool, but we still have useful
5089 * information: the state of each vdev after the
5090 * attempted vdev_open(). Return this to the user.
5092 if (config
!= NULL
&& spa
->spa_config
) {
5093 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa
->spa_config
, config
,
5095 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config
,
5096 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
5097 spa
->spa_load_info
) == 0);
5100 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5101 spa
->spa_last_open_failed
= error
;
5103 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5109 spa_open_ref(spa
, tag
);
5112 *config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
5115 * If we've recovered the pool, pass back any information we
5116 * gathered while doing the load.
5118 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
5119 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
5120 spa
->spa_load_info
) == 0);
5124 spa
->spa_last_open_failed
= 0;
5125 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= 0;
5126 spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
5127 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5131 zvol_create_minors_recursive(spa_name(spa
));
5139 spa_open_rewind(const char *name
, spa_t
**spapp
, void *tag
, nvlist_t
*policy
,
5142 return (spa_open_common(name
, spapp
, tag
, policy
, config
));
5146 spa_open(const char *name
, spa_t
**spapp
, void *tag
)
5148 return (spa_open_common(name
, spapp
, tag
, NULL
, NULL
));
5152 * Lookup the given spa_t, incrementing the inject count in the process,
5153 * preventing it from being exported or destroyed.
5156 spa_inject_addref(char *name
)
5160 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5161 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(name
)) == NULL
) {
5162 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5165 spa
->spa_inject_ref
++;
5166 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5172 spa_inject_delref(spa_t
*spa
)
5174 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5175 spa
->spa_inject_ref
--;
5176 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5180 * Add spares device information to the nvlist.
5183 spa_add_spares(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
5193 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
5195 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
== 0)
5198 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
,
5199 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvroot
) == 0);
5200 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
5201 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
) == 0);
5203 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
5204 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, spares
, nspares
) == 0);
5205 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
5206 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
) == 0);
5209 * Go through and find any spares which have since been
5210 * repurposed as an active spare. If this is the case, update
5211 * their status appropriately.
5213 for (i
= 0; i
< nspares
; i
++) {
5214 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(spares
[i
],
5215 ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
, &guid
) == 0);
5216 if (spa_spare_exists(guid
, &pool
, NULL
) &&
5218 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(
5219 spares
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS
,
5220 (uint64_t **)&vs
, &vsc
) == 0);
5221 vs
->vs_state
= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
;
5222 vs
->vs_aux
= VDEV_AUX_SPARED
;
5229 * Add l2cache device information to the nvlist, including vdev stats.
5232 spa_add_l2cache(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
5235 uint_t i
, j
, nl2cache
;
5242 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
5244 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
== 0)
5247 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
,
5248 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvroot
) == 0);
5249 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5250 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0);
5251 if (nl2cache
!= 0) {
5252 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
5253 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, l2cache
, nl2cache
) == 0);
5254 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
5255 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0);
5258 * Update level 2 cache device stats.
5261 for (i
= 0; i
< nl2cache
; i
++) {
5262 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache
[i
],
5263 ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
, &guid
) == 0);
5266 for (j
= 0; j
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; j
++) {
5268 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[j
]->vdev_guid
) {
5269 vd
= spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[j
];
5275 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(l2cache
[i
],
5276 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS
, (uint64_t **)&vs
, &vsc
)
5278 vdev_get_stats(vd
, vs
);
5279 vdev_config_generate_stats(vd
, l2cache
[i
]);
5286 spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*features
)
5291 if (spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
!= 0) {
5292 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5293 spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
);
5294 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
5295 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
5296 ASSERT(za
.za_integer_length
== sizeof (uint64_t) &&
5297 za
.za_num_integers
== 1);
5298 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, za
.za_name
,
5299 za
.za_first_integer
));
5301 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
5304 if (spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
!= 0) {
5305 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5306 spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
);
5307 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
5308 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
5309 ASSERT(za
.za_integer_length
== sizeof (uint64_t) &&
5310 za
.za_num_integers
== 1);
5311 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, za
.za_name
,
5312 za
.za_first_integer
));
5314 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
5319 spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*features
)
5323 for (i
= 0; i
< SPA_FEATURES
; i
++) {
5324 zfeature_info_t feature
= spa_feature_table
[i
];
5327 if (feature_get_refcount(spa
, &feature
, &refcount
) != 0)
5330 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, feature
.fi_guid
, refcount
));
5335 * Store a list of pool features and their reference counts in the
5338 * The first time this is called on a spa, allocate a new nvlist, fetch
5339 * the pool features and reference counts from disk, then save the list
5340 * in the spa. In subsequent calls on the same spa use the saved nvlist
5341 * and refresh its values from the cached reference counts. This
5342 * ensures we don't block here on I/O on a suspended pool so 'zpool
5343 * clear' can resume the pool.
5346 spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
5350 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
5352 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_feat_stats_lock
);
5353 features
= spa
->spa_feat_stats
;
5355 if (features
!= NULL
) {
5356 spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa
, features
);
5358 VERIFY0(nvlist_alloc(&features
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
));
5359 spa
->spa_feat_stats
= features
;
5360 spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa
, features
);
5363 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURE_STATS
,
5366 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_feat_stats_lock
);
5370 spa_get_stats(const char *name
, nvlist_t
**config
,
5371 char *altroot
, size_t buflen
)
5377 error
= spa_open_common(name
, &spa
, FTAG
, NULL
, config
);
5381 * This still leaves a window of inconsistency where the spares
5382 * or l2cache devices could change and the config would be
5383 * self-inconsistent.
5385 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
5387 if (*config
!= NULL
) {
5388 uint64_t loadtimes
[2];
5390 loadtimes
[0] = spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_sec
;
5391 loadtimes
[1] = spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_nsec
;
5392 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(*config
,
5393 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOADED_TIME
, loadtimes
, 2) == 0);
5395 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
5396 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRCOUNT
,
5397 spa_get_errlog_size(spa
)) == 0);
5399 if (spa_suspended(spa
)) {
5400 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
5401 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED
,
5402 spa
->spa_failmode
) == 0);
5403 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
5404 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED_REASON
,
5405 spa
->spa_suspended
) == 0);
5408 spa_add_spares(spa
, *config
);
5409 spa_add_l2cache(spa
, *config
);
5410 spa_add_feature_stats(spa
, *config
);
5415 * We want to get the alternate root even for faulted pools, so we cheat
5416 * and call spa_lookup() directly.
5420 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5421 spa
= spa_lookup(name
);
5423 spa_altroot(spa
, altroot
, buflen
);
5427 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5429 spa_altroot(spa
, altroot
, buflen
);
5434 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
5435 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
5442 * Validate that the auxiliary device array is well formed. We must have an
5443 * array of nvlists, each which describes a valid leaf vdev. If this is an
5444 * import (mode is VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE), then we allow corrupted spares to be
5445 * specified, as long as they are well-formed.
5448 spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, uint64_t crtxg
, int mode
,
5449 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, const char *config
, uint64_t version
,
5450 vdev_labeltype_t label
)
5457 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
5460 * It's acceptable to have no devs specified.
5462 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
, &dev
, &ndev
) != 0)
5466 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
5469 * Make sure the pool is formatted with a version that supports this
5472 if (spa_version(spa
) < version
)
5473 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
5476 * Set the pending device list so we correctly handle device in-use
5479 sav
->sav_pending
= dev
;
5480 sav
->sav_npending
= ndev
;
5482 for (i
= 0; i
< ndev
; i
++) {
5483 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, dev
[i
], NULL
, 0,
5487 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
5489 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
5495 if ((error
= vdev_open(vd
)) == 0 &&
5496 (error
= vdev_label_init(vd
, crtxg
, label
)) == 0) {
5497 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(dev
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
5498 vd
->vdev_guid
) == 0);
5504 (mode
!= VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE
&& mode
!= VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE
))
5511 sav
->sav_pending
= NULL
;
5512 sav
->sav_npending
= 0;
5517 spa_validate_aux(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, uint64_t crtxg
, int mode
)
5521 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
5523 if ((error
= spa_validate_aux_devs(spa
, nvroot
, crtxg
, mode
,
5524 &spa
->spa_spares
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, SPA_VERSION_SPARES
,
5525 VDEV_LABEL_SPARE
)) != 0) {
5529 return (spa_validate_aux_devs(spa
, nvroot
, crtxg
, mode
,
5530 &spa
->spa_l2cache
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE
,
5531 VDEV_LABEL_L2CACHE
));
5535 spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, nvlist_t
**devs
, int ndevs
,
5540 if (sav
->sav_config
!= NULL
) {
5546 * Generate new dev list by concatenating with the
5549 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
5550 &olddevs
, &oldndevs
) == 0);
5552 newdevs
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (void *) *
5553 (ndevs
+ oldndevs
), KM_SLEEP
);
5554 for (i
= 0; i
< oldndevs
; i
++)
5555 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(olddevs
[i
], &newdevs
[i
],
5557 for (i
= 0; i
< ndevs
; i
++)
5558 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(devs
[i
], &newdevs
[i
+ oldndevs
],
5561 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
5562 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
5564 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
,
5565 config
, newdevs
, ndevs
+ oldndevs
) == 0);
5566 for (i
= 0; i
< oldndevs
+ ndevs
; i
++)
5567 nvlist_free(newdevs
[i
]);
5568 kmem_free(newdevs
, (oldndevs
+ ndevs
) * sizeof (void *));
5571 * Generate a new dev list.
5573 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&sav
->sav_config
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
,
5575 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
5581 * Stop and drop level 2 ARC devices
5584 spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t
*spa
)
5588 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_l2cache
;
5590 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++) {
5593 vd
= sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
];
5596 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd
->vdev_guid
, &pool
) &&
5597 pool
!= 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd
))
5598 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd
);
5603 * Verify encryption parameters for spa creation. If we are encrypting, we must
5604 * have the encryption feature flag enabled.
5607 spa_create_check_encryption_params(dsl_crypto_params_t
*dcp
,
5608 boolean_t has_encryption
)
5610 if (dcp
->cp_crypt
!= ZIO_CRYPT_OFF
&&
5611 dcp
->cp_crypt
!= ZIO_CRYPT_INHERIT
&&
5613 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
5615 return (dmu_objset_create_crypt_check(NULL
, dcp
, NULL
));
5622 spa_create(const char *pool
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, nvlist_t
*props
,
5623 nvlist_t
*zplprops
, dsl_crypto_params_t
*dcp
)
5626 char *altroot
= NULL
;
5631 uint64_t txg
= TXG_INITIAL
;
5632 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
5633 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
5634 uint64_t version
, obj
;
5635 boolean_t has_features
;
5636 boolean_t has_encryption
;
5637 boolean_t has_allocclass
;
5643 if (props
== NULL
||
5644 nvlist_lookup_string(props
, "tname", &poolname
) != 0)
5645 poolname
= (char *)pool
;
5648 * If this pool already exists, return failure.
5650 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5651 if (spa_lookup(poolname
) != NULL
) {
5652 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5653 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
5657 * Allocate a new spa_t structure.
5659 nvl
= fnvlist_alloc();
5660 fnvlist_add_string(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, pool
);
5661 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
5662 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
5663 spa
= spa_add(poolname
, nvl
, altroot
);
5665 spa_activate(spa
, spa_mode_global
);
5667 if (props
&& (error
= spa_prop_validate(spa
, props
))) {
5668 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5670 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5675 * Temporary pool names should never be written to disk.
5677 if (poolname
!= pool
)
5678 spa
->spa_import_flags
|= ZFS_IMPORT_TEMP_NAME
;
5680 has_features
= B_FALSE
;
5681 has_encryption
= B_FALSE
;
5682 has_allocclass
= B_FALSE
;
5683 for (nvpair_t
*elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, NULL
);
5684 elem
!= NULL
; elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, elem
)) {
5685 if (zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
))) {
5686 has_features
= B_TRUE
;
5688 feat_name
= strchr(nvpair_name(elem
), '@') + 1;
5689 VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(feat_name
, &feat
));
5690 if (feat
== SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION
)
5691 has_encryption
= B_TRUE
;
5692 if (feat
== SPA_FEATURE_ALLOCATION_CLASSES
)
5693 has_allocclass
= B_TRUE
;
5697 /* verify encryption params, if they were provided */
5699 error
= spa_create_check_encryption_params(dcp
, has_encryption
);
5701 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5703 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5707 if (!has_allocclass
&& zfs_special_devs(nvroot
, NULL
)) {
5708 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5710 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5714 if (has_features
|| nvlist_lookup_uint64(props
,
5715 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
), &version
) != 0) {
5716 version
= SPA_VERSION
;
5718 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version
));
5720 spa
->spa_first_txg
= txg
;
5721 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
= txg
- 1;
5722 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
5723 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
5724 spa
->spa_load_state
= SPA_LOAD_CREATE
;
5725 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_state
= DSS_NONE
;
5726 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_removing_vdev
= -1;
5727 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_prev_indirect_vdev
= -1;
5728 spa
->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded
= B_TRUE
;
5731 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
5733 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= kmem_alloc(max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *),
5735 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++) {
5736 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
5737 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
|
5738 ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER
);
5742 * Create the root vdev.
5744 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5746 error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &rvd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
);
5748 ASSERT(error
!= 0 || rvd
!= NULL
);
5749 ASSERT(error
!= 0 || spa
->spa_root_vdev
== rvd
);
5751 if (error
== 0 && !zfs_allocatable_devs(nvroot
))
5752 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
5755 (error
= vdev_create(rvd
, txg
, B_FALSE
)) == 0 &&
5756 (error
= spa_validate_aux(spa
, nvroot
, txg
,
5757 VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) == 0) {
5759 * instantiate the metaslab groups (this will dirty the vdevs)
5760 * we can no longer error exit past this point
5762 for (int c
= 0; error
== 0 && c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
5763 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
5765 vdev_metaslab_set_size(vd
);
5766 vdev_expand(vd
, txg
);
5770 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5774 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5776 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5781 * Get the list of spares, if specified.
5783 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
5784 &spares
, &nspares
) == 0) {
5785 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
,
5787 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
5788 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, spares
, nspares
) == 0);
5789 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5790 spa_load_spares(spa
);
5791 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5792 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
5796 * Get the list of level 2 cache devices, if specified.
5798 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
5799 &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0) {
5800 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5801 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
5802 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5803 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, l2cache
, nl2cache
) == 0);
5804 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5805 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
5806 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5807 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
5810 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_TRUE
;
5811 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
= dp
= dsl_pool_create(spa
, zplprops
, dcp
, txg
);
5812 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_FALSE
;
5815 * Create DDTs (dedup tables).
5819 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
5821 tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, txg
);
5824 * Create the pool's history object.
5826 if (version
>= SPA_VERSION_ZPOOL_HISTORY
&& !spa
->spa_history
)
5827 spa_history_create_obj(spa
, tx
);
5829 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_CREATE
);
5830 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "create", tx
);
5833 * Create the pool config object.
5835 spa
->spa_config_object
= dmu_object_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5836 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST
, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE
,
5837 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE
, sizeof (uint64_t), tx
);
5839 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5840 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CONFIG
,
5841 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_config_object
, tx
) != 0) {
5842 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add pool config");
5845 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5846 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION
,
5847 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &version
, tx
) != 0) {
5848 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add pool version");
5851 /* Newly created pools with the right version are always deflated. */
5852 if (version
>= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
) {
5853 spa
->spa_deflate
= TRUE
;
5854 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5855 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
,
5856 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_deflate
, tx
) != 0) {
5857 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add deflate");
5862 * Create the deferred-free bpobj. Turn off compression
5863 * because sync-to-convergence takes longer if the blocksize
5866 obj
= bpobj_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, 1 << 14, tx
);
5867 dmu_object_set_compress(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
,
5868 ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF
, tx
);
5869 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5870 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ
,
5871 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &obj
, tx
) != 0) {
5872 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add bpobj");
5874 VERIFY3U(0, ==, bpobj_open(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
,
5875 spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
));
5878 * Generate some random noise for salted checksums to operate on.
5880 (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
,
5881 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
));
5884 * Set pool properties.
5886 spa
->spa_bootfs
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
);
5887 spa
->spa_delegation
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
);
5888 spa
->spa_failmode
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
);
5889 spa
->spa_autoexpand
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
);
5890 spa
->spa_multihost
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
);
5891 spa
->spa_autotrim
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
);
5893 if (props
!= NULL
) {
5894 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
5895 spa_sync_props(props
, tx
);
5900 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_TRUE
;
5902 mmp_thread_start(spa
);
5903 txg_wait_synced(dp
, txg
);
5905 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa
);
5907 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
);
5910 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
5911 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
5913 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
5914 spa
->spa_minref
= zfs_refcount_count(&spa
->spa_refcount
);
5915 spa
->spa_load_state
= SPA_LOAD_NONE
;
5917 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5923 * Import a non-root pool into the system.
5926 spa_import(char *pool
, nvlist_t
*config
, nvlist_t
*props
, uint64_t flags
)
5929 char *altroot
= NULL
;
5930 spa_load_state_t state
= SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
;
5931 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
5932 spa_mode_t mode
= spa_mode_global
;
5933 uint64_t readonly
= B_FALSE
;
5936 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
5937 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
5940 * If a pool with this name exists, return failure.
5942 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5943 if (spa_lookup(pool
) != NULL
) {
5944 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5945 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
5949 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
5951 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
5952 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
5953 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(props
,
5954 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
), &readonly
);
5956 mode
= SPA_MODE_READ
;
5957 spa
= spa_add(pool
, config
, altroot
);
5958 spa
->spa_import_flags
= flags
;
5961 * Verbatim import - Take a pool and insert it into the namespace
5962 * as if it had been loaded at boot.
5964 if (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM
) {
5966 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
5968 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
);
5969 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT
);
5970 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: verbatim import of %s", pool
);
5971 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5975 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
5978 * Don't start async tasks until we know everything is healthy.
5980 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
5982 zpool_get_load_policy(config
, &policy
);
5983 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_DO_REWIND
)
5984 state
= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
;
5986 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_TRYIMPORT
;
5988 if (state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
5989 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
5990 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s", pool
);
5992 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s, max_txg=%lld "
5993 "(RECOVERY MODE)", pool
, (longlong_t
)policy
.zlp_txg
);
5995 error
= spa_load_best(spa
, state
, policy
.zlp_txg
, policy
.zlp_rewind
);
5998 * Propagate anything learned while loading the pool and pass it
5999 * back to caller (i.e. rewind info, missing devices, etc).
6001 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
6002 spa
->spa_load_info
) == 0);
6004 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6006 * Toss any existing sparelist, as it doesn't have any validity
6007 * anymore, and conflicts with spa_has_spare().
6009 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) {
6010 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
);
6011 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
= NULL
;
6012 spa_load_spares(spa
);
6014 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) {
6015 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
);
6016 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
= NULL
;
6017 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
6020 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
,
6022 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6025 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
6027 if (error
!= 0 || (props
&& spa_writeable(spa
) &&
6028 (error
= spa_prop_set(spa
, props
)))) {
6030 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6032 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6036 spa_async_resume(spa
);
6039 * Override any spares and level 2 cache devices as specified by
6040 * the user, as these may have correct device names/devids, etc.
6042 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
6043 &spares
, &nspares
) == 0) {
6044 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
)
6045 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
6046 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
6048 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
6049 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
6050 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
6051 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, spares
, nspares
) == 0);
6052 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6053 spa_load_spares(spa
);
6054 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6055 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6057 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
6058 &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0) {
6059 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
)
6060 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
6061 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
6063 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
6064 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
6065 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
6066 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, l2cache
, nl2cache
) == 0);
6067 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6068 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
6069 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6070 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6074 * Check for any removed devices.
6076 if (spa
->spa_autoreplace
) {
6077 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_spares
);
6078 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_l2cache
);
6081 if (spa_writeable(spa
)) {
6083 * Update the config cache to include the newly-imported pool.
6085 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
6089 * It's possible that the pool was expanded while it was exported.
6090 * We kick off an async task to handle this for us.
6092 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
);
6094 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "import", NULL
);
6096 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT
);
6098 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6100 zvol_create_minors_recursive(pool
);
6106 spa_tryimport(nvlist_t
*tryconfig
)
6108 nvlist_t
*config
= NULL
;
6109 char *poolname
, *cachefile
;
6113 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
6115 if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, &poolname
))
6118 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
, &state
))
6122 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
6124 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6125 spa
= spa_add(TRYIMPORT_NAME
, tryconfig
, NULL
);
6126 spa_activate(spa
, SPA_MODE_READ
);
6129 * Rewind pool if a max txg was provided.
6131 zpool_get_load_policy(spa
->spa_config
, &policy
);
6132 if (policy
.zlp_txg
!= UINT64_MAX
) {
6133 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= policy
.zlp_txg
;
6134 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
6135 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s, max_txg=%lld",
6136 poolname
, (longlong_t
)policy
.zlp_txg
);
6138 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s", poolname
);
6141 if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CACHEFILE
, &cachefile
)
6143 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: using cachefile '%s'", cachefile
);
6144 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
;
6146 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN
;
6149 error
= spa_load(spa
, SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
);
6152 * If 'tryconfig' was at least parsable, return the current config.
6154 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
6155 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
6156 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
,
6158 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
,
6160 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP
,
6161 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
) == 0);
6162 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
6163 spa
->spa_load_info
) == 0);
6164 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRATA
,
6165 spa
->spa_errata
) == 0);
6168 * If the bootfs property exists on this pool then we
6169 * copy it out so that external consumers can tell which
6170 * pools are bootable.
6172 if ((!error
|| error
== EEXIST
) && spa
->spa_bootfs
) {
6173 char *tmpname
= kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN
, KM_SLEEP
);
6176 * We have to play games with the name since the
6177 * pool was opened as TRYIMPORT_NAME.
6179 if (dsl_dsobj_to_dsname(spa_name(spa
),
6180 spa
->spa_bootfs
, tmpname
) == 0) {
6184 dsname
= kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN
, KM_SLEEP
);
6186 cp
= strchr(tmpname
, '/');
6188 (void) strlcpy(dsname
, tmpname
,
6191 (void) snprintf(dsname
, MAXPATHLEN
,
6192 "%s/%s", poolname
, ++cp
);
6194 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config
,
6195 ZPOOL_CONFIG_BOOTFS
, dsname
) == 0);
6196 kmem_free(dsname
, MAXPATHLEN
);
6198 kmem_free(tmpname
, MAXPATHLEN
);
6202 * Add the list of hot spares and level 2 cache devices.
6204 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
6205 spa_add_spares(spa
, config
);
6206 spa_add_l2cache(spa
, config
);
6207 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
6211 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6213 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6219 * Pool export/destroy
6221 * The act of destroying or exporting a pool is very simple. We make sure there
6222 * is no more pending I/O and any references to the pool are gone. Then, we
6223 * update the pool state and sync all the labels to disk, removing the
6224 * configuration from the cache afterwards. If the 'hardforce' flag is set, then
6225 * we don't sync the labels or remove the configuration cache.
6228 spa_export_common(char *pool
, int new_state
, nvlist_t
**oldconfig
,
6229 boolean_t force
, boolean_t hardforce
)
6236 if (!(spa_mode_global
& SPA_MODE_WRITE
))
6237 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
6239 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6240 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(pool
)) == NULL
) {
6241 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6242 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
6245 if (spa
->spa_is_exporting
) {
6246 /* the pool is being exported by another thread */
6247 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6248 return (SET_ERROR(ZFS_ERR_EXPORT_IN_PROGRESS
));
6250 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_TRUE
;
6253 * Put a hold on the pool, drop the namespace lock, stop async tasks,
6254 * reacquire the namespace lock, and see if we can export.
6256 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
6257 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6258 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
6259 if (spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
) {
6260 zvol_remove_minors(spa
, spa_name(spa
), B_TRUE
);
6261 taskq_wait(spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
);
6263 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6264 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
6266 if (spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
)
6269 * The pool will be in core if it's openable, in which case we can
6270 * modify its state. Objsets may be open only because they're dirty,
6271 * so we have to force it to sync before checking spa_refcnt.
6273 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
6274 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
6275 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
6279 * A pool cannot be exported or destroyed if there are active
6280 * references. If we are resetting a pool, allow references by
6281 * fault injection handlers.
6283 if (!spa_refcount_zero(spa
) ||
6284 (spa
->spa_inject_ref
!= 0 &&
6285 new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
)) {
6286 spa_async_resume(spa
);
6287 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_FALSE
;
6288 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6289 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
6292 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
6294 * A pool cannot be exported if it has an active shared spare.
6295 * This is to prevent other pools stealing the active spare
6296 * from an exported pool. At user's own will, such pool can
6297 * be forcedly exported.
6299 if (!force
&& new_state
== POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
&&
6300 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa
)) {
6301 spa_async_resume(spa
);
6302 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_FALSE
;
6303 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6304 return (SET_ERROR(EXDEV
));
6308 * We're about to export or destroy this pool. Make sure
6309 * we stop all initialization and trim activity here before
6310 * we set the spa_final_txg. This will ensure that all
6311 * dirty data resulting from the initialization is
6312 * committed to disk before we unload the pool.
6314 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
6315 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6316 vdev_initialize_stop_all(rvd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
);
6317 vdev_trim_stop_all(rvd
, VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
);
6318 vdev_autotrim_stop_all(spa
);
6319 vdev_rebuild_stop_all(spa
);
6323 * We want this to be reflected on every label,
6324 * so mark them all dirty. spa_unload() will do the
6325 * final sync that pushes these changes out.
6327 if (new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
&& !hardforce
) {
6328 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6329 spa
->spa_state
= new_state
;
6330 spa
->spa_final_txg
= spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) +
6332 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
6333 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6338 if (new_state
== POOL_STATE_DESTROYED
)
6339 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_DESTROY
);
6340 else if (new_state
== POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
)
6341 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_EXPORT
);
6343 if (spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
6345 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6348 if (oldconfig
&& spa
->spa_config
)
6349 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa
->spa_config
, oldconfig
, 0) == 0);
6351 if (new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
6353 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_TRUE
, B_TRUE
);
6357 * If spa_remove() is not called for this spa_t and
6358 * there is any possibility that it can be reused,
6359 * we make sure to reset the exporting flag.
6361 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_FALSE
;
6364 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6369 * Destroy a storage pool.
6372 spa_destroy(char *pool
)
6374 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_DESTROYED
, NULL
,
6379 * Export a storage pool.
6382 spa_export(char *pool
, nvlist_t
**oldconfig
, boolean_t force
,
6383 boolean_t hardforce
)
6385 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
, oldconfig
,
6390 * Similar to spa_export(), this unloads the spa_t without actually removing it
6391 * from the namespace in any way.
6394 spa_reset(char *pool
)
6396 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
, NULL
,
6401 * ==========================================================================
6402 * Device manipulation
6403 * ==========================================================================
6407 * Add a device to a storage pool.
6410 spa_vdev_add(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
)
6414 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6416 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
6417 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
6419 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
6421 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
6423 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0,
6424 VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) != 0)
6425 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
6427 spa
->spa_pending_vdev
= vd
; /* spa_vdev_exit() will clear this */
6429 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
,
6433 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
,
6437 if (vd
->vdev_children
== 0 && nspares
== 0 && nl2cache
== 0)
6438 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6440 if (vd
->vdev_children
!= 0 &&
6441 (error
= vdev_create(vd
, txg
, B_FALSE
)) != 0)
6442 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, error
));
6445 * We must validate the spares and l2cache devices after checking the
6446 * children. Otherwise, vdev_inuse() will blindly overwrite the spare.
6448 if ((error
= spa_validate_aux(spa
, nvroot
, txg
, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) != 0)
6449 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, error
));
6452 * If we are in the middle of a device removal, we can only add
6453 * devices which match the existing devices in the pool.
6454 * If we are in the middle of a removal, or have some indirect
6455 * vdevs, we can not add raidz toplevels.
6457 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
||
6458 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_prev_indirect_vdev
!= -1) {
6459 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
6460 tvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
6461 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
&&
6462 tvd
->vdev_ashift
!= spa
->spa_max_ashift
) {
6463 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6465 /* Fail if top level vdev is raidz */
6466 if (tvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_raidz_ops
) {
6467 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6470 * Need the top level mirror to be
6471 * a mirror of leaf vdevs only
6473 if (tvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_mirror_ops
) {
6474 for (uint64_t cid
= 0;
6475 cid
< tvd
->vdev_children
; cid
++) {
6476 vdev_t
*cvd
= tvd
->vdev_child
[cid
];
6477 if (!cvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
6478 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
,
6486 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
6487 tvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
6488 vdev_remove_child(vd
, tvd
);
6489 tvd
->vdev_id
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
6490 vdev_add_child(rvd
, tvd
);
6491 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
6495 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa
->spa_spares
, spares
, nspares
,
6496 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
);
6497 spa_load_spares(spa
);
6498 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6501 if (nl2cache
!= 0) {
6502 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa
->spa_l2cache
, l2cache
, nl2cache
,
6503 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
6504 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
6505 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6509 * We have to be careful when adding new vdevs to an existing pool.
6510 * If other threads start allocating from these vdevs before we
6511 * sync the config cache, and we lose power, then upon reboot we may
6512 * fail to open the pool because there are DVAs that the config cache
6513 * can't translate. Therefore, we first add the vdevs without
6514 * initializing metaslabs; sync the config cache (via spa_vdev_exit());
6515 * and then let spa_config_update() initialize the new metaslabs.
6517 * spa_load() checks for added-but-not-initialized vdevs, so that
6518 * if we lose power at any point in this sequence, the remaining
6519 * steps will be completed the next time we load the pool.
6521 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, 0);
6523 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6524 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
6525 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ADD
);
6526 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6532 * Attach a device to a mirror. The arguments are the path to any device
6533 * in the mirror, and the nvroot for the new device. If the path specifies
6534 * a device that is not mirrored, we automatically insert the mirror vdev.
6536 * If 'replacing' is specified, the new device is intended to replace the
6537 * existing device; in this case the two devices are made into their own
6538 * mirror using the 'replacing' vdev, which is functionally identical to
6539 * the mirror vdev (it actually reuses all the same ops) but has a few
6540 * extra rules: you can't attach to it after it's been created, and upon
6541 * completion of resilvering, the first disk (the one being replaced)
6542 * is automatically detached.
6544 * If 'rebuild' is specified, then sequential reconstruction (a.ka. rebuild)
6545 * should be performed instead of traditional healing reconstruction. From
6546 * an administrators perspective these are both resilver operations.
6549 spa_vdev_attach(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, int replacing
,
6552 uint64_t txg
, dtl_max_txg
;
6553 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6554 vdev_t
*oldvd
, *newvd
, *newrootvd
, *pvd
, *tvd
;
6556 char *oldvdpath
, *newvdpath
;
6560 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
6562 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
6564 oldvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
6566 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
6567 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
6568 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
6569 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
6570 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
6574 if (!spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_DEVICE_REBUILD
))
6575 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6577 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa_get_dsl(spa
)))
6578 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
,
6579 ZFS_ERR_RESILVER_IN_PROGRESS
));
6581 if (vdev_rebuild_active(rvd
))
6582 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
,
6583 ZFS_ERR_REBUILD_IN_PROGRESS
));
6586 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
)
6587 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
6590 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENODEV
));
6592 if (!oldvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
6593 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6595 pvd
= oldvd
->vdev_parent
;
6597 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &newrootvd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0,
6598 VDEV_ALLOC_ATTACH
)) != 0)
6599 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6601 if (newrootvd
->vdev_children
!= 1)
6602 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6604 newvd
= newrootvd
->vdev_child
[0];
6606 if (!newvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
6607 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6609 if ((error
= vdev_create(newrootvd
, txg
, replacing
)) != 0)
6610 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, error
));
6613 * Spares can't replace logs
6615 if (oldvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_islog
&& newvd
->vdev_isspare
)
6616 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6620 * For rebuilds, the parent vdev must support reconstruction
6621 * using only space maps. This means the only allowable
6622 * parents are the root vdev or a mirror vdev.
6624 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
6625 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_root_ops
) {
6626 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6632 * For attach, the only allowable parent is a mirror or the root
6635 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
6636 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_root_ops
)
6637 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6639 pvops
= &vdev_mirror_ops
;
6642 * Active hot spares can only be replaced by inactive hot
6645 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&&
6646 oldvd
->vdev_isspare
&&
6647 !spa_has_spare(spa
, newvd
->vdev_guid
))
6648 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6651 * If the source is a hot spare, and the parent isn't already a
6652 * spare, then we want to create a new hot spare. Otherwise, we
6653 * want to create a replacing vdev. The user is not allowed to
6654 * attach to a spared vdev child unless the 'isspare' state is
6655 * the same (spare replaces spare, non-spare replaces
6658 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
6659 spa_version(spa
) < SPA_VERSION_MULTI_REPLACE
) {
6660 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6661 } else if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&&
6662 newvd
->vdev_isspare
!= oldvd
->vdev_isspare
) {
6663 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6666 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
)
6667 pvops
= &vdev_spare_ops
;
6669 pvops
= &vdev_replacing_ops
;
6673 * Make sure the new device is big enough.
6675 if (newvd
->vdev_asize
< vdev_get_min_asize(oldvd
))
6676 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EOVERFLOW
));
6679 * The new device cannot have a higher alignment requirement
6680 * than the top-level vdev.
6682 if (newvd
->vdev_ashift
> oldvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_ashift
)
6683 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6686 * If this is an in-place replacement, update oldvd's path and devid
6687 * to make it distinguishable from newvd, and unopenable from now on.
6689 if (strcmp(oldvd
->vdev_path
, newvd
->vdev_path
) == 0) {
6690 spa_strfree(oldvd
->vdev_path
);
6691 oldvd
->vdev_path
= kmem_alloc(strlen(newvd
->vdev_path
) + 5,
6693 (void) snprintf(oldvd
->vdev_path
, strlen(newvd
->vdev_path
) + 5,
6694 "%s/%s", newvd
->vdev_path
, "old");
6695 if (oldvd
->vdev_devid
!= NULL
) {
6696 spa_strfree(oldvd
->vdev_devid
);
6697 oldvd
->vdev_devid
= NULL
;
6702 * If the parent is not a mirror, or if we're replacing, insert the new
6703 * mirror/replacing/spare vdev above oldvd.
6705 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= pvops
)
6706 pvd
= vdev_add_parent(oldvd
, pvops
);
6708 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
6709 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
== pvops
);
6710 ASSERT(oldvd
->vdev_parent
== pvd
);
6713 * Extract the new device from its root and add it to pvd.
6715 vdev_remove_child(newrootvd
, newvd
);
6716 newvd
->vdev_id
= pvd
->vdev_children
;
6717 newvd
->vdev_crtxg
= oldvd
->vdev_crtxg
;
6718 vdev_add_child(pvd
, newvd
);
6721 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
6723 vdev_propagate_state(pvd
);
6725 tvd
= newvd
->vdev_top
;
6726 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_top
== tvd
);
6727 ASSERT(tvd
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
6729 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
6732 * Set newvd's DTL to [TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg) so that we account
6733 * for any dmu_sync-ed blocks. It will propagate upward when
6734 * spa_vdev_exit() calls vdev_dtl_reassess().
6736 dtl_max_txg
= txg
+ TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES
;
6738 vdev_dtl_dirty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
,
6739 TXG_INITIAL
, dtl_max_txg
- TXG_INITIAL
);
6741 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
) {
6742 spa_spare_activate(newvd
);
6743 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_SPARE
);
6746 oldvdpath
= spa_strdup(oldvd
->vdev_path
);
6747 newvdpath
= spa_strdup(newvd
->vdev_path
);
6748 newvd_isspare
= newvd
->vdev_isspare
;
6751 * Mark newvd's DTL dirty in this txg.
6753 vdev_dirty(tvd
, VDD_DTL
, newvd
, txg
);
6756 * Schedule the resilver or rebuild to restart in the future. We do
6757 * this to ensure that dmu_sync-ed blocks have been stitched into the
6758 * respective datasets.
6761 newvd
->vdev_rebuild_txg
= txg
;
6765 newvd
->vdev_resilver_txg
= txg
;
6767 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa_get_dsl(spa
)) &&
6768 spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER
)) {
6769 vdev_defer_resilver(newvd
);
6771 dsl_scan_restart_resilver(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
,
6776 if (spa
->spa_bootfs
)
6777 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_BOOTFS_VDEV_ATTACH
);
6779 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ATTACH
);
6784 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, dtl_max_txg
, 0);
6786 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "vdev attach", NULL
,
6787 "%s vdev=%s %s vdev=%s",
6788 replacing
&& newvd_isspare
? "spare in" :
6789 replacing
? "replace" : "attach", newvdpath
,
6790 replacing
? "for" : "to", oldvdpath
);
6792 spa_strfree(oldvdpath
);
6793 spa_strfree(newvdpath
);
6799 * Detach a device from a mirror or replacing vdev.
6801 * If 'replace_done' is specified, only detach if the parent
6802 * is a replacing vdev.
6805 spa_vdev_detach(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t pguid
, int replace_done
)
6809 vdev_t
*rvd __maybe_unused
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6810 vdev_t
*vd
, *pvd
, *cvd
, *tvd
;
6811 boolean_t unspare
= B_FALSE
;
6812 uint64_t unspare_guid
= 0;
6815 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
6817 txg
= spa_vdev_detach_enter(spa
, guid
);
6819 vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
6822 * Besides being called directly from the userland through the
6823 * ioctl interface, spa_vdev_detach() can be potentially called
6824 * at the end of spa_vdev_resilver_done().
6826 * In the regular case, when we have a checkpoint this shouldn't
6827 * happen as we never empty the DTLs of a vdev during the scrub
6828 * [see comment in dsl_scan_done()]. Thus spa_vdev_resilvering_done()
6829 * should never get here when we have a checkpoint.
6831 * That said, even in a case when we checkpoint the pool exactly
6832 * as spa_vdev_resilver_done() calls this function everything
6833 * should be fine as the resilver will return right away.
6835 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
6836 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
6837 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
6838 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
6839 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
6843 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENODEV
));
6845 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
6846 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6848 pvd
= vd
->vdev_parent
;
6851 * If the parent/child relationship is not as expected, don't do it.
6852 * Consider M(A,R(B,C)) -- that is, a mirror of A with a replacing
6853 * vdev that's replacing B with C. The user's intent in replacing
6854 * is to go from M(A,B) to M(A,C). If the user decides to cancel
6855 * the replace by detaching C, the expected behavior is to end up
6856 * M(A,B). But suppose that right after deciding to detach C,
6857 * the replacement of B completes. We would have M(A,C), and then
6858 * ask to detach C, which would leave us with just A -- not what
6859 * the user wanted. To prevent this, we make sure that the
6860 * parent/child relationship hasn't changed -- in this example,
6861 * that C's parent is still the replacing vdev R.
6863 if (pvd
->vdev_guid
!= pguid
&& pguid
!= 0)
6864 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
6867 * Only 'replacing' or 'spare' vdevs can be replaced.
6869 if (replace_done
&& pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
6870 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
)
6871 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6873 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
||
6874 spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES
);
6877 * Only mirror, replacing, and spare vdevs support detach.
6879 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
6880 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
6881 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
)
6882 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6885 * If this device has the only valid copy of some data,
6886 * we cannot safely detach it.
6888 if (vdev_dtl_required(vd
))
6889 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
6891 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_children
>= 2);
6894 * If we are detaching the second disk from a replacing vdev, then
6895 * check to see if we changed the original vdev's path to have "/old"
6896 * at the end in spa_vdev_attach(). If so, undo that change now.
6898 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
&& vd
->vdev_id
> 0 &&
6899 vd
->vdev_path
!= NULL
) {
6900 size_t len
= strlen(vd
->vdev_path
);
6902 for (int c
= 0; c
< pvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
6903 cvd
= pvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
6905 if (cvd
== vd
|| cvd
->vdev_path
== NULL
)
6908 if (strncmp(cvd
->vdev_path
, vd
->vdev_path
, len
) == 0 &&
6909 strcmp(cvd
->vdev_path
+ len
, "/old") == 0) {
6910 spa_strfree(cvd
->vdev_path
);
6911 cvd
->vdev_path
= spa_strdup(vd
->vdev_path
);
6918 * If we are detaching the original disk from a spare, then it implies
6919 * that the spare should become a real disk, and be removed from the
6920 * active spare list for the pool.
6922 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&&
6924 pvd
->vdev_child
[pvd
->vdev_children
- 1]->vdev_isspare
)
6928 * Erase the disk labels so the disk can be used for other things.
6929 * This must be done after all other error cases are handled,
6930 * but before we disembowel vd (so we can still do I/O to it).
6931 * But if we can't do it, don't treat the error as fatal --
6932 * it may be that the unwritability of the disk is the reason
6933 * it's being detached!
6935 error
= vdev_label_init(vd
, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE
);
6938 * Remove vd from its parent and compact the parent's children.
6940 vdev_remove_child(pvd
, vd
);
6941 vdev_compact_children(pvd
);
6944 * Remember one of the remaining children so we can get tvd below.
6946 cvd
= pvd
->vdev_child
[pvd
->vdev_children
- 1];
6949 * If we need to remove the remaining child from the list of hot spares,
6950 * do it now, marking the vdev as no longer a spare in the process.
6951 * We must do this before vdev_remove_parent(), because that can
6952 * change the GUID if it creates a new toplevel GUID. For a similar
6953 * reason, we must remove the spare now, in the same txg as the detach;
6954 * otherwise someone could attach a new sibling, change the GUID, and
6955 * the subsequent attempt to spa_vdev_remove(unspare_guid) would fail.
6958 ASSERT(cvd
->vdev_isspare
);
6959 spa_spare_remove(cvd
);
6960 unspare_guid
= cvd
->vdev_guid
;
6961 (void) spa_vdev_remove(spa
, unspare_guid
, B_TRUE
);
6962 cvd
->vdev_unspare
= B_TRUE
;
6966 * If the parent mirror/replacing vdev only has one child,
6967 * the parent is no longer needed. Remove it from the tree.
6969 if (pvd
->vdev_children
== 1) {
6970 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
)
6971 cvd
->vdev_unspare
= B_FALSE
;
6972 vdev_remove_parent(cvd
);
6976 * We don't set tvd until now because the parent we just removed
6977 * may have been the previous top-level vdev.
6979 tvd
= cvd
->vdev_top
;
6980 ASSERT(tvd
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
6983 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
6985 vdev_propagate_state(cvd
);
6988 * If the 'autoexpand' property is set on the pool then automatically
6989 * try to expand the size of the pool. For example if the device we
6990 * just detached was smaller than the others, it may be possible to
6991 * add metaslabs (i.e. grow the pool). We need to reopen the vdev
6992 * first so that we can obtain the updated sizes of the leaf vdevs.
6994 if (spa
->spa_autoexpand
) {
6996 vdev_expand(tvd
, txg
);
6999 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
7002 * Mark vd's DTL as dirty in this txg. vdev_dtl_sync() will see that
7003 * vd->vdev_detached is set and free vd's DTL object in syncing context.
7004 * But first make sure we're not on any *other* txg's DTL list, to
7005 * prevent vd from being accessed after it's freed.
7007 vdpath
= spa_strdup(vd
->vdev_path
? vd
->vdev_path
: "none");
7008 for (int t
= 0; t
< TXG_SIZE
; t
++)
7009 (void) txg_list_remove_this(&tvd
->vdev_dtl_list
, vd
, t
);
7010 vd
->vdev_detached
= B_TRUE
;
7011 vdev_dirty(tvd
, VDD_DTL
, vd
, txg
);
7013 spa_event_notify(spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE
);
7014 spa_notify_waiters(spa
);
7016 /* hang on to the spa before we release the lock */
7017 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
7019 error
= spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, 0);
7021 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "detach", NULL
,
7023 spa_strfree(vdpath
);
7026 * If this was the removal of the original device in a hot spare vdev,
7027 * then we want to go through and remove the device from the hot spare
7028 * list of every other pool.
7031 spa_t
*altspa
= NULL
;
7033 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7034 while ((altspa
= spa_next(altspa
)) != NULL
) {
7035 if (altspa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
||
7039 spa_open_ref(altspa
, FTAG
);
7040 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7041 (void) spa_vdev_remove(altspa
, unspare_guid
, B_TRUE
);
7042 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7043 spa_close(altspa
, FTAG
);
7045 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7047 /* search the rest of the vdevs for spares to remove */
7048 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa
);
7051 /* all done with the spa; OK to release */
7052 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7053 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
7054 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7060 spa_vdev_initialize_impl(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t cmd_type
,
7063 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7065 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7067 /* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
7068 vdev_t
*vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
7069 if (vd
== NULL
|| vd
->vdev_detached
) {
7070 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7071 return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV
));
7072 } else if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| !vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
7073 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7074 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
7075 } else if (!vdev_writeable(vd
)) {
7076 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7077 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
7079 mutex_enter(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7080 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7083 * When we activate an initialize action we check to see
7084 * if the vdev_initialize_thread is NULL. We do this instead
7085 * of using the vdev_initialize_state since there might be
7086 * a previous initialization process which has completed but
7087 * the thread is not exited.
7089 if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_START
&&
7090 (vd
->vdev_initialize_thread
!= NULL
||
7091 vd
->vdev_top
->vdev_removing
)) {
7092 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7093 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7094 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL
&&
7095 (vd
->vdev_initialize_state
!= VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
&&
7096 vd
->vdev_initialize_state
!= VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED
)) {
7097 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7098 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7099 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND
&&
7100 vd
->vdev_initialize_state
!= VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
) {
7101 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7102 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7106 case POOL_INITIALIZE_START
:
7107 vdev_initialize(vd
);
7109 case POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL
:
7110 vdev_initialize_stop(vd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_CANCELED
, vd_list
);
7112 case POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND
:
7113 vdev_initialize_stop(vd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED
, vd_list
);
7116 panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type
);
7118 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7124 spa_vdev_initialize(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nv
, uint64_t cmd_type
,
7125 nvlist_t
*vdev_errlist
)
7127 int total_errors
= 0;
7130 list_create(&vd_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7131 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_initialize_node
));
7134 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
7135 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
7136 * stopping initialization. The config and state locks are held so that
7137 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
7138 * the initializing operation.
7140 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7142 for (nvpair_t
*pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, NULL
);
7143 pair
!= NULL
; pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, pair
)) {
7144 uint64_t vdev_guid
= fnvpair_value_uint64(pair
);
7146 int error
= spa_vdev_initialize_impl(spa
, vdev_guid
, cmd_type
,
7149 char guid_as_str
[MAXNAMELEN
];
7151 (void) snprintf(guid_as_str
, sizeof (guid_as_str
),
7152 "%llu", (unsigned long long)vdev_guid
);
7153 fnvlist_add_int64(vdev_errlist
, guid_as_str
, error
);
7158 /* Wait for all initialize threads to stop. */
7159 vdev_initialize_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_list
);
7161 /* Sync out the initializing state */
7162 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
7163 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7165 list_destroy(&vd_list
);
7167 return (total_errors
);
7171 spa_vdev_trim_impl(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t cmd_type
,
7172 uint64_t rate
, boolean_t partial
, boolean_t secure
, list_t
*vd_list
)
7174 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7176 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7178 /* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
7179 vdev_t
*vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
7180 if (vd
== NULL
|| vd
->vdev_detached
) {
7181 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7182 return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV
));
7183 } else if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| !vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
7184 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7185 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
7186 } else if (!vdev_writeable(vd
)) {
7187 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7188 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
7189 } else if (!vd
->vdev_has_trim
) {
7190 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7191 return (SET_ERROR(EOPNOTSUPP
));
7192 } else if (secure
&& !vd
->vdev_has_securetrim
) {
7193 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7194 return (SET_ERROR(EOPNOTSUPP
));
7196 mutex_enter(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7197 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7200 * When we activate a TRIM action we check to see if the
7201 * vdev_trim_thread is NULL. We do this instead of using the
7202 * vdev_trim_state since there might be a previous TRIM process
7203 * which has completed but the thread is not exited.
7205 if (cmd_type
== POOL_TRIM_START
&&
7206 (vd
->vdev_trim_thread
!= NULL
|| vd
->vdev_top
->vdev_removing
)) {
7207 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7208 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7209 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_TRIM_CANCEL
&&
7210 (vd
->vdev_trim_state
!= VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
&&
7211 vd
->vdev_trim_state
!= VDEV_TRIM_SUSPENDED
)) {
7212 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7213 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7214 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_TRIM_SUSPEND
&&
7215 vd
->vdev_trim_state
!= VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
) {
7216 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7217 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7221 case POOL_TRIM_START
:
7222 vdev_trim(vd
, rate
, partial
, secure
);
7224 case POOL_TRIM_CANCEL
:
7225 vdev_trim_stop(vd
, VDEV_TRIM_CANCELED
, vd_list
);
7227 case POOL_TRIM_SUSPEND
:
7228 vdev_trim_stop(vd
, VDEV_TRIM_SUSPENDED
, vd_list
);
7231 panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type
);
7233 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7239 * Initiates a manual TRIM for the requested vdevs. This kicks off individual
7240 * TRIM threads for each child vdev. These threads pass over all of the free
7241 * space in the vdev's metaslabs and issues TRIM commands for that space.
7244 spa_vdev_trim(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nv
, uint64_t cmd_type
, uint64_t rate
,
7245 boolean_t partial
, boolean_t secure
, nvlist_t
*vdev_errlist
)
7247 int total_errors
= 0;
7250 list_create(&vd_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7251 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_trim_node
));
7254 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
7255 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
7256 * stopping TRIM. The config and state locks are held so that
7257 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
7258 * the TRIM operation.
7260 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7262 for (nvpair_t
*pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, NULL
);
7263 pair
!= NULL
; pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, pair
)) {
7264 uint64_t vdev_guid
= fnvpair_value_uint64(pair
);
7266 int error
= spa_vdev_trim_impl(spa
, vdev_guid
, cmd_type
,
7267 rate
, partial
, secure
, &vd_list
);
7269 char guid_as_str
[MAXNAMELEN
];
7271 (void) snprintf(guid_as_str
, sizeof (guid_as_str
),
7272 "%llu", (unsigned long long)vdev_guid
);
7273 fnvlist_add_int64(vdev_errlist
, guid_as_str
, error
);
7278 /* Wait for all TRIM threads to stop. */
7279 vdev_trim_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_list
);
7281 /* Sync out the TRIM state */
7282 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
7283 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7285 list_destroy(&vd_list
);
7287 return (total_errors
);
7291 * Split a set of devices from their mirrors, and create a new pool from them.
7294 spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t
*spa
, char *newname
, nvlist_t
*config
,
7295 nvlist_t
*props
, boolean_t exp
)
7298 uint64_t txg
, *glist
;
7300 uint_t c
, children
, lastlog
;
7301 nvlist_t
**child
, *nvl
, *tmp
;
7303 char *altroot
= NULL
;
7304 vdev_t
*rvd
, **vml
= NULL
; /* vdev modify list */
7305 boolean_t activate_slog
;
7307 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
7309 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
7311 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7312 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
7313 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
7314 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
7315 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7318 /* clear the log and flush everything up to now */
7319 activate_slog
= spa_passivate_log(spa
);
7320 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
7321 error
= spa_reset_logs(spa
);
7322 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
7325 spa_activate_log(spa
);
7328 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7330 /* check new spa name before going any further */
7331 if (spa_lookup(newname
) != NULL
)
7332 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EEXIST
));
7335 * scan through all the children to ensure they're all mirrors
7337 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvl
) != 0 ||
7338 nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
, &child
,
7340 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7342 /* first, check to ensure we've got the right child count */
7343 rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
7345 for (c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7346 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
7348 /* don't count the holes & logs as children */
7349 if (vd
->vdev_islog
|| (vd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_indirect_ops
&&
7350 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))) {
7358 if (children
!= (lastlog
!= 0 ? lastlog
: rvd
->vdev_children
))
7359 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7361 /* next, ensure no spare or cache devices are part of the split */
7362 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &tmp
) == 0 ||
7363 nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &tmp
) == 0)
7364 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7366 vml
= kmem_zalloc(children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
7367 glist
= kmem_zalloc(children
* sizeof (uint64_t), KM_SLEEP
);
7369 /* then, loop over each vdev and validate it */
7370 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7371 uint64_t is_hole
= 0;
7373 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_IS_HOLE
,
7377 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ishole
||
7378 spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_islog
) {
7381 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
7386 /* deal with indirect vdevs */
7387 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ops
==
7391 /* which disk is going to be split? */
7392 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
7394 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
7398 /* look it up in the spa */
7399 vml
[c
] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, glist
[c
], B_FALSE
);
7400 if (vml
[c
] == NULL
) {
7401 error
= SET_ERROR(ENODEV
);
7405 /* make sure there's nothing stopping the split */
7406 if (vml
[c
]->vdev_parent
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
||
7407 vml
[c
]->vdev_islog
||
7408 !vdev_is_concrete(vml
[c
]) ||
7409 vml
[c
]->vdev_isspare
||
7410 vml
[c
]->vdev_isl2cache
||
7411 !vdev_writeable(vml
[c
]) ||
7412 vml
[c
]->vdev_children
!= 0 ||
7413 vml
[c
]->vdev_state
!= VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY
||
7414 c
!= spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_id
) {
7415 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
7419 if (vdev_dtl_required(vml
[c
]) ||
7420 vdev_resilver_needed(vml
[c
], NULL
, NULL
)) {
7421 error
= SET_ERROR(EBUSY
);
7425 /* we need certain info from the top level */
7426 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_ARRAY
,
7427 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ms_array
) == 0);
7428 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_SHIFT
,
7429 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ms_shift
) == 0);
7430 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASIZE
,
7431 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_asize
) == 0);
7432 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASHIFT
,
7433 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ashift
) == 0);
7435 /* transfer per-vdev ZAPs */
7436 ASSERT3U(vml
[c
]->vdev_leaf_zap
, !=, 0);
7437 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
],
7438 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_LEAF_ZAP
, vml
[c
]->vdev_leaf_zap
));
7440 ASSERT3U(vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_top_zap
, !=, 0);
7441 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
],
7442 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TOP_ZAP
,
7443 vml
[c
]->vdev_parent
->vdev_top_zap
));
7447 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
7448 kmem_free(glist
, children
* sizeof (uint64_t));
7449 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7452 /* stop writers from using the disks */
7453 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7455 vml
[c
]->vdev_offline
= B_TRUE
;
7457 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7460 * Temporarily record the splitting vdevs in the spa config. This
7461 * will disappear once the config is regenerated.
7463 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvl
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
7464 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST
,
7465 glist
, children
) == 0);
7466 kmem_free(glist
, children
* sizeof (uint64_t));
7468 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
7469 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
,
7471 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
7472 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= nvl
;
7473 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7475 /* configure and create the new pool */
7476 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, newname
) == 0);
7477 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
,
7478 exp
? POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
: POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
) == 0);
7479 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
,
7480 spa_version(spa
)) == 0);
7481 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
,
7482 spa
->spa_config_txg
) == 0);
7483 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
,
7484 spa_generate_guid(NULL
)) == 0);
7485 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_boolean(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
));
7486 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
7487 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
7489 /* add the new pool to the namespace */
7490 newspa
= spa_add(newname
, config
, altroot
);
7491 newspa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
;
7492 newspa
->spa_config_txg
= spa
->spa_config_txg
;
7493 spa_set_log_state(newspa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
7495 /* release the spa config lock, retaining the namespace lock */
7496 spa_vdev_config_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
7498 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
7499 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 1);
7501 spa_activate(newspa
, spa_mode_global
);
7502 spa_async_suspend(newspa
);
7505 * Temporarily stop the initializing and TRIM activity. We set the
7506 * state to ACTIVE so that we know to resume initializing or TRIM
7507 * once the split has completed.
7509 list_t vd_initialize_list
;
7510 list_create(&vd_initialize_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7511 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_initialize_node
));
7513 list_t vd_trim_list
;
7514 list_create(&vd_trim_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7515 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_trim_node
));
7517 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7518 if (vml
[c
] != NULL
&& vml
[c
]->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_indirect_ops
) {
7519 mutex_enter(&vml
[c
]->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7520 vdev_initialize_stop(vml
[c
],
7521 VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
, &vd_initialize_list
);
7522 mutex_exit(&vml
[c
]->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7524 mutex_enter(&vml
[c
]->vdev_trim_lock
);
7525 vdev_trim_stop(vml
[c
], VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
, &vd_trim_list
);
7526 mutex_exit(&vml
[c
]->vdev_trim_lock
);
7530 vdev_initialize_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_initialize_list
);
7531 vdev_trim_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_trim_list
);
7533 list_destroy(&vd_initialize_list
);
7534 list_destroy(&vd_trim_list
);
7536 newspa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SPLIT
;
7537 newspa
->spa_is_splitting
= B_TRUE
;
7539 /* create the new pool from the disks of the original pool */
7540 error
= spa_load(newspa
, SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
, SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
);
7544 /* if that worked, generate a real config for the new pool */
7545 if (newspa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
7546 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&newspa
->spa_config_splitting
,
7547 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
7548 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(newspa
->spa_config_splitting
,
7549 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_GUID
, spa_guid(spa
)) == 0);
7550 spa_config_set(newspa
, spa_config_generate(newspa
, NULL
, -1ULL,
7555 if (props
!= NULL
) {
7556 spa_configfile_set(newspa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
7557 error
= spa_prop_set(newspa
, props
);
7562 /* flush everything */
7563 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(newspa
);
7564 vdev_config_dirty(newspa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7565 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(newspa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
7567 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
7568 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 2);
7570 spa_async_resume(newspa
);
7572 /* finally, update the original pool's config */
7573 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
7574 tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
7575 error
= dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_WAIT
);
7578 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7579 if (vml
[c
] != NULL
&& vml
[c
]->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_indirect_ops
) {
7580 vdev_t
*tvd
= vml
[c
]->vdev_top
;
7583 * Need to be sure the detachable VDEV is not
7584 * on any *other* txg's DTL list to prevent it
7585 * from being accessed after it's freed.
7587 for (int t
= 0; t
< TXG_SIZE
; t
++) {
7588 (void) txg_list_remove_this(
7589 &tvd
->vdev_dtl_list
, vml
[c
], t
);
7594 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "detach", tx
,
7595 "vdev=%s", vml
[c
]->vdev_path
);
7600 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
;
7601 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7602 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
7606 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0);
7608 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
7609 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 3);
7611 /* split is complete; log a history record */
7612 spa_history_log_internal(newspa
, "split", NULL
,
7613 "from pool %s", spa_name(spa
));
7615 newspa
->spa_is_splitting
= B_FALSE
;
7616 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
7618 /* if we're not going to mount the filesystems in userland, export */
7620 error
= spa_export_common(newname
, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
, NULL
,
7627 spa_deactivate(newspa
);
7630 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
7632 /* re-online all offlined disks */
7633 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7635 vml
[c
]->vdev_offline
= B_FALSE
;
7638 /* restart initializing or trimming disks as necessary */
7639 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART
);
7640 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_TRIM_RESTART
);
7641 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART
);
7643 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7645 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_splitting
);
7646 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
7647 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
);
7649 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
7654 * Find any device that's done replacing, or a vdev marked 'unspare' that's
7655 * currently spared, so we can detach it.
7658 spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t
*vd
)
7660 vdev_t
*newvd
, *oldvd
;
7662 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7663 oldvd
= spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
7669 * Check for a completed replacement. We always consider the first
7670 * vdev in the list to be the oldest vdev, and the last one to be
7671 * the newest (see spa_vdev_attach() for how that works). In
7672 * the case where the newest vdev is faulted, we will not automatically
7673 * remove it after a resilver completes. This is OK as it will require
7674 * user intervention to determine which disk the admin wishes to keep.
7676 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
) {
7677 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_children
> 1);
7679 newvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[vd
->vdev_children
- 1];
7680 oldvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[0];
7682 if (vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
7683 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
7684 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd
))
7689 * Check for a completed resilver with the 'unspare' flag set.
7690 * Also potentially update faulted state.
7692 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
) {
7693 vdev_t
*first
= vd
->vdev_child
[0];
7694 vdev_t
*last
= vd
->vdev_child
[vd
->vdev_children
- 1];
7696 if (last
->vdev_unspare
) {
7699 } else if (first
->vdev_unspare
) {
7706 if (oldvd
!= NULL
&&
7707 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
7708 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
7709 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd
))
7712 vdev_propagate_state(vd
);
7715 * If there are more than two spares attached to a disk,
7716 * and those spares are not required, then we want to
7717 * attempt to free them up now so that they can be used
7718 * by other pools. Once we're back down to a single
7719 * disk+spare, we stop removing them.
7721 if (vd
->vdev_children
> 2) {
7722 newvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[1];
7724 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
&& last
->vdev_isspare
&&
7725 vdev_dtl_empty(last
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
7726 vdev_dtl_empty(last
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
7727 !vdev_dtl_required(newvd
))
7736 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t
*spa
)
7738 vdev_t
*vd
, *pvd
, *ppvd
;
7739 uint64_t guid
, sguid
, pguid
, ppguid
;
7741 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
7743 while ((vd
= spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) != NULL
) {
7744 pvd
= vd
->vdev_parent
;
7745 ppvd
= pvd
->vdev_parent
;
7746 guid
= vd
->vdev_guid
;
7747 pguid
= pvd
->vdev_guid
;
7748 ppguid
= ppvd
->vdev_guid
;
7751 * If we have just finished replacing a hot spared device, then
7752 * we need to detach the parent's first child (the original hot
7755 if (ppvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&& pvd
->vdev_id
== 0 &&
7756 ppvd
->vdev_children
== 2) {
7757 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
);
7758 sguid
= ppvd
->vdev_child
[1]->vdev_guid
;
7760 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_resilver_txg
== 0 || !vdev_dtl_required(vd
));
7762 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
7763 if (spa_vdev_detach(spa
, guid
, pguid
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
7765 if (sguid
&& spa_vdev_detach(spa
, sguid
, ppguid
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
7767 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
7770 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
7773 * If a detach was not performed above replace waiters will not have
7774 * been notified. In which case we must do so now.
7776 spa_notify_waiters(spa
);
7780 * Update the stored path or FRU for this vdev.
7783 spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *value
,
7787 boolean_t sync
= B_FALSE
;
7789 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
7791 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
);
7793 if ((vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_TRUE
)) == NULL
)
7794 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, ENOENT
));
7796 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
7797 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, ENOTSUP
));
7800 if (strcmp(value
, vd
->vdev_path
) != 0) {
7801 spa_strfree(vd
->vdev_path
);
7802 vd
->vdev_path
= spa_strdup(value
);
7806 if (vd
->vdev_fru
== NULL
) {
7807 vd
->vdev_fru
= spa_strdup(value
);
7809 } else if (strcmp(value
, vd
->vdev_fru
) != 0) {
7810 spa_strfree(vd
->vdev_fru
);
7811 vd
->vdev_fru
= spa_strdup(value
);
7816 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, sync
? vd
: NULL
, 0));
7820 spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *newpath
)
7822 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa
, guid
, newpath
, B_TRUE
));
7826 spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *newfru
)
7828 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa
, guid
, newfru
, B_FALSE
));
7832 * ==========================================================================
7834 * ==========================================================================
7837 spa_scrub_pause_resume(spa_t
*spa
, pool_scrub_cmd_t cmd
)
7839 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
7841 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
))
7842 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7844 return (dsl_scrub_set_pause_resume(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, cmd
));
7848 spa_scan_stop(spa_t
*spa
)
7850 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
7851 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
))
7852 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7853 return (dsl_scan_cancel(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
));
7857 spa_scan(spa_t
*spa
, pool_scan_func_t func
)
7859 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
7861 if (func
>= POOL_SCAN_FUNCS
|| func
== POOL_SCAN_NONE
)
7862 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
7864 if (func
== POOL_SCAN_RESILVER
&&
7865 !spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER
))
7866 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
7869 * If a resilver was requested, but there is no DTL on a
7870 * writeable leaf device, we have nothing to do.
7872 if (func
== POOL_SCAN_RESILVER
&&
7873 !vdev_resilver_needed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, NULL
, NULL
)) {
7874 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE
);
7878 return (dsl_scan(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, func
));
7882 * ==========================================================================
7883 * SPA async task processing
7884 * ==========================================================================
7888 spa_async_remove(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
7890 if (vd
->vdev_remove_wanted
) {
7891 vd
->vdev_remove_wanted
= B_FALSE
;
7892 vd
->vdev_delayed_close
= B_FALSE
;
7893 vdev_set_state(vd
, B_FALSE
, VDEV_STATE_REMOVED
, VDEV_AUX_NONE
);
7896 * We want to clear the stats, but we don't want to do a full
7897 * vdev_clear() as that will cause us to throw away
7898 * degraded/faulted state as well as attempt to reopen the
7899 * device, all of which is a waste.
7901 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_read_errors
= 0;
7902 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_write_errors
= 0;
7903 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_checksum_errors
= 0;
7905 vdev_state_dirty(vd
->vdev_top
);
7908 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
7909 spa_async_remove(spa
, vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
7913 spa_async_probe(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
7915 if (vd
->vdev_probe_wanted
) {
7916 vd
->vdev_probe_wanted
= B_FALSE
;
7917 vdev_reopen(vd
); /* vdev_open() does the actual probe */
7920 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
7921 spa_async_probe(spa
, vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
7925 spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
7927 if (!spa
->spa_autoexpand
)
7930 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7931 vdev_t
*cvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
7932 spa_async_autoexpand(spa
, cvd
);
7935 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| vd
->vdev_physpath
== NULL
)
7938 spa_event_notify(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_AUTOEXPAND
);
7942 spa_async_thread(void *arg
)
7944 spa_t
*spa
= (spa_t
*)arg
;
7945 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
7948 ASSERT(spa
->spa_sync_on
);
7950 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
7951 tasks
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
;
7952 spa
->spa_async_tasks
= 0;
7953 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
7956 * See if the config needs to be updated.
7958 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
) {
7959 uint64_t old_space
, new_space
;
7961 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7962 old_space
= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa
));
7963 old_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
7964 old_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
7966 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
7968 new_space
= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa
));
7969 new_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
7970 new_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
7971 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7974 * If the pool grew as a result of the config update,
7975 * then log an internal history event.
7977 if (new_space
!= old_space
) {
7978 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "vdev online", NULL
,
7979 "pool '%s' size: %llu(+%llu)",
7980 spa_name(spa
), (u_longlong_t
)new_space
,
7981 (u_longlong_t
)(new_space
- old_space
));
7986 * See if any devices need to be marked REMOVED.
7988 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE
) {
7989 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_NONE
);
7990 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7991 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++)
7992 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
7993 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
7994 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
7995 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, 0);
7998 if ((tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
) && !spa_suspended(spa
)) {
7999 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8000 spa_async_autoexpand(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8001 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8005 * See if any devices need to be probed.
8007 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_PROBE
) {
8008 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_NONE
);
8009 spa_async_probe(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8010 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, 0);
8014 * If any devices are done replacing, detach them.
8016 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE
)
8017 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa
);
8020 * If any devices are done replacing, detach them. Then if no
8021 * top-level vdevs are rebuilding attempt to kick off a scrub.
8023 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_REBUILD_DONE
) {
8024 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa
);
8026 if (!vdev_rebuild_active(spa
->spa_root_vdev
))
8027 (void) dsl_scan(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, POOL_SCAN_SCRUB
);
8031 * Kick off a resilver.
8033 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER
&&
8034 !vdev_rebuild_active(spa
->spa_root_vdev
) &&
8035 (!dsl_scan_resilvering(dp
) ||
8036 !spa_feature_is_enabled(dp
->dp_spa
, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER
)))
8037 dsl_scan_restart_resilver(dp
, 0);
8039 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART
) {
8040 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8041 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8042 vdev_initialize_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8043 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8044 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8047 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_TRIM_RESTART
) {
8048 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8049 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8050 vdev_trim_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8051 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8052 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8055 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART
) {
8056 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8057 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8058 vdev_autotrim_restart(spa
);
8059 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8060 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8064 * Kick off L2 cache whole device TRIM.
8066 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_TRIM
) {
8067 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8068 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8069 vdev_trim_l2arc(spa
);
8070 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8071 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8075 * Kick off L2 cache rebuilding.
8077 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_REBUILD
) {
8078 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8079 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_L2ARC
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8080 l2arc_spa_rebuild_start(spa
);
8081 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_L2ARC
, FTAG
);
8082 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8086 * Let the world know that we're done.
8088 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8089 spa
->spa_async_thread
= NULL
;
8090 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_async_cv
);
8091 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8096 spa_async_suspend(spa_t
*spa
)
8098 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8099 spa
->spa_async_suspended
++;
8100 while (spa
->spa_async_thread
!= NULL
)
8101 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_async_cv
, &spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8102 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8104 spa_vdev_remove_suspend(spa
);
8106 zthr_t
*condense_thread
= spa
->spa_condense_zthr
;
8107 if (condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8108 zthr_cancel(condense_thread
);
8110 zthr_t
*discard_thread
= spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
;
8111 if (discard_thread
!= NULL
)
8112 zthr_cancel(discard_thread
);
8114 zthr_t
*ll_delete_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
;
8115 if (ll_delete_thread
!= NULL
)
8116 zthr_cancel(ll_delete_thread
);
8118 zthr_t
*ll_condense_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
;
8119 if (ll_condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8120 zthr_cancel(ll_condense_thread
);
8124 spa_async_resume(spa_t
*spa
)
8126 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8127 ASSERT(spa
->spa_async_suspended
!= 0);
8128 spa
->spa_async_suspended
--;
8129 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8130 spa_restart_removal(spa
);
8132 zthr_t
*condense_thread
= spa
->spa_condense_zthr
;
8133 if (condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8134 zthr_resume(condense_thread
);
8136 zthr_t
*discard_thread
= spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
;
8137 if (discard_thread
!= NULL
)
8138 zthr_resume(discard_thread
);
8140 zthr_t
*ll_delete_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
;
8141 if (ll_delete_thread
!= NULL
)
8142 zthr_resume(ll_delete_thread
);
8144 zthr_t
*ll_condense_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
;
8145 if (ll_condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8146 zthr_resume(ll_condense_thread
);
8150 spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t
*spa
)
8152 uint_t non_config_tasks
;
8154 boolean_t config_task_suspended
;
8156 non_config_tasks
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
& ~SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
;
8157 config_task
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
;
8158 if (spa
->spa_ccw_fail_time
== 0) {
8159 config_task_suspended
= B_FALSE
;
8161 config_task_suspended
=
8162 (gethrtime() - spa
->spa_ccw_fail_time
) <
8163 ((hrtime_t
)zfs_ccw_retry_interval
* NANOSEC
);
8166 return (non_config_tasks
|| (config_task
&& !config_task_suspended
));
8170 spa_async_dispatch(spa_t
*spa
)
8172 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8173 if (spa_async_tasks_pending(spa
) &&
8174 !spa
->spa_async_suspended
&&
8175 spa
->spa_async_thread
== NULL
)
8176 spa
->spa_async_thread
= thread_create(NULL
, 0,
8177 spa_async_thread
, spa
, 0, &p0
, TS_RUN
, maxclsyspri
);
8178 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8182 spa_async_request(spa_t
*spa
, int task
)
8184 zfs_dbgmsg("spa=%s async request task=%u", spa
->spa_name
, task
);
8185 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8186 spa
->spa_async_tasks
|= task
;
8187 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8191 spa_async_tasks(spa_t
*spa
)
8193 return (spa
->spa_async_tasks
);
8197 * ==========================================================================
8198 * SPA syncing routines
8199 * ==========================================================================
8204 bpobj_enqueue_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, boolean_t bp_freed
,
8208 bpobj_enqueue(bpo
, bp
, bp_freed
, tx
);
8213 bpobj_enqueue_alloc_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8215 return (bpobj_enqueue_cb(arg
, bp
, B_FALSE
, tx
));
8219 bpobj_enqueue_free_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8221 return (bpobj_enqueue_cb(arg
, bp
, B_TRUE
, tx
));
8225 spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8229 zio_nowait(zio_free_sync(pio
, pio
->io_spa
, dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
), bp
,
8235 bpobj_spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, boolean_t bp_freed
,
8239 return (spa_free_sync_cb(arg
, bp
, tx
));
8243 * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
8244 * amount of time spent syncing frees.
8247 spa_sync_frees(spa_t
*spa
, bplist_t
*bpl
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8249 zio_t
*zio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
8250 bplist_iterate(bpl
, spa_free_sync_cb
, zio
, tx
);
8251 VERIFY(zio_wait(zio
) == 0);
8255 * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
8256 * amount of time spent syncing deferred frees.
8259 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8261 if (spa_sync_pass(spa
) != 1)
8266 * If the log space map feature is active, we stop deferring
8267 * frees to the next TXG and therefore running this function
8268 * would be considered a no-op as spa_deferred_bpobj should
8269 * not have any entries.
8271 * That said we run this function anyway (instead of returning
8272 * immediately) for the edge-case scenario where we just
8273 * activated the log space map feature in this TXG but we have
8274 * deferred frees from the previous TXG.
8276 zio_t
*zio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
8277 VERIFY3U(bpobj_iterate(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
,
8278 bpobj_spa_free_sync_cb
, zio
, tx
), ==, 0);
8279 VERIFY0(zio_wait(zio
));
8283 spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t obj
, nvlist_t
*nv
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8285 char *packed
= NULL
;
8290 VERIFY(nvlist_size(nv
, &nvsize
, NV_ENCODE_XDR
) == 0);
8293 * Write full (SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE) blocks of configuration
8294 * information. This avoids the dmu_buf_will_dirty() path and
8295 * saves us a pre-read to get data we don't actually care about.
8297 bufsize
= P2ROUNDUP((uint64_t)nvsize
, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE
);
8298 packed
= vmem_alloc(bufsize
, KM_SLEEP
);
8300 VERIFY(nvlist_pack(nv
, &packed
, &nvsize
, NV_ENCODE_XDR
,
8302 bzero(packed
+ nvsize
, bufsize
- nvsize
);
8304 dmu_write(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, 0, bufsize
, packed
, tx
);
8306 vmem_free(packed
, bufsize
);
8308 VERIFY(0 == dmu_bonus_hold(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, FTAG
, &db
));
8309 dmu_buf_will_dirty(db
, tx
);
8310 *(uint64_t *)db
->db_data
= nvsize
;
8311 dmu_buf_rele(db
, FTAG
);
8315 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t
*spa
, spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
,
8316 const char *config
, const char *entry
)
8326 * Update the MOS nvlist describing the list of available devices.
8327 * spa_validate_aux() will have already made sure this nvlist is
8328 * valid and the vdevs are labeled appropriately.
8330 if (sav
->sav_object
== 0) {
8331 sav
->sav_object
= dmu_object_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8332 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST
, 1 << 14, DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE
,
8333 sizeof (uint64_t), tx
);
8334 VERIFY(zap_update(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8335 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, entry
, sizeof (uint64_t), 1,
8336 &sav
->sav_object
, tx
) == 0);
8339 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
8340 if (sav
->sav_count
== 0) {
8341 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
, NULL
, 0) == 0);
8343 list
= kmem_alloc(sav
->sav_count
*sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP
);
8344 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
8345 list
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
, sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
],
8346 B_FALSE
, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
8347 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
, list
,
8348 sav
->sav_count
) == 0);
8349 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
8350 nvlist_free(list
[i
]);
8351 kmem_free(list
, sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
8354 spa_sync_nvlist(spa
, sav
->sav_object
, nvroot
, tx
);
8355 nvlist_free(nvroot
);
8357 sav
->sav_sync
= B_FALSE
;
8361 * Rebuild spa's all-vdev ZAP from the vdev ZAPs indicated in each vdev_t.
8362 * The all-vdev ZAP must be empty.
8365 spa_avz_build(vdev_t
*vd
, uint64_t avz
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8367 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
8369 if (vd
->vdev_top_zap
!= 0) {
8370 VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, avz
,
8371 vd
->vdev_top_zap
, tx
));
8373 if (vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
!= 0) {
8374 VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, avz
,
8375 vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
, tx
));
8377 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
8378 spa_avz_build(vd
->vdev_child
[i
], avz
, tx
);
8383 spa_sync_config_object(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8388 * If the pool is being imported from a pre-per-vdev-ZAP version of ZFS,
8389 * its config may not be dirty but we still need to build per-vdev ZAPs.
8390 * Similarly, if the pool is being assembled (e.g. after a split), we
8391 * need to rebuild the AVZ although the config may not be dirty.
8393 if (list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
) &&
8394 spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_NONE
)
8397 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8399 ASSERT(spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_NONE
||
8400 spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE
||
8401 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
!= 0);
8403 if (spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
) {
8404 /* Make and build the new AVZ */
8405 uint64_t new_avz
= zap_create(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8406 DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA
, DMU_OT_NONE
, 0, tx
);
8407 spa_avz_build(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, new_avz
, tx
);
8409 /* Diff old AVZ with new one */
8413 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8414 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
);
8415 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
8416 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
8417 uint64_t vdzap
= za
.za_first_integer
;
8418 if (zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, new_avz
,
8421 * ZAP is listed in old AVZ but not in new one;
8424 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, vdzap
,
8429 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
8431 /* Destroy the old AVZ */
8432 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8433 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, tx
));
8435 /* Replace the old AVZ in the dir obj with the new one */
8436 VERIFY0(zap_update(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8437 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
,
8438 sizeof (new_avz
), 1, &new_avz
, tx
));
8440 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= new_avz
;
8441 } else if (spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY
) {
8445 /* Walk through the AVZ and destroy all listed ZAPs */
8446 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8447 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
);
8448 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
8449 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
8450 uint64_t zap
= za
.za_first_integer
;
8451 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, zap
, tx
));
8454 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
8456 /* Destroy and unlink the AVZ itself */
8457 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8458 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, tx
));
8459 VERIFY0(zap_remove(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8460 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
, tx
));
8461 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= 0;
8464 if (spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
== 0) {
8465 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= zap_create_link(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8466 DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
8467 DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
, tx
);
8469 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_NONE
;
8471 /* Create ZAPs for vdevs that don't have them. */
8472 vdev_construct_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, tx
);
8474 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
,
8475 dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
), B_FALSE
);
8478 * If we're upgrading the spa version then make sure that
8479 * the config object gets updated with the correct version.
8481 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
)
8482 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
,
8483 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
);
8485 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
8487 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_syncing
);
8488 spa
->spa_config_syncing
= config
;
8490 spa_sync_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, config
, tx
);
8494 spa_sync_version(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8496 uint64_t *versionp
= arg
;
8497 uint64_t version
= *versionp
;
8498 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
8501 * Setting the version is special cased when first creating the pool.
8503 ASSERT(tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
);
8505 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version
));
8506 ASSERT(version
>= spa_version(spa
));
8508 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
8509 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8510 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
, "version=%lld",
8511 (longlong_t
)version
);
8515 * Set zpool properties.
8518 spa_sync_props(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8520 nvlist_t
*nvp
= arg
;
8521 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
8522 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
8523 nvpair_t
*elem
= NULL
;
8525 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
8527 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp
, elem
))) {
8529 char *strval
, *fname
;
8531 const char *propname
;
8532 zprop_type_t proptype
;
8535 switch (prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem
))) {
8536 case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
:
8538 * We checked this earlier in spa_prop_validate().
8540 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
)));
8542 fname
= strchr(nvpair_name(elem
), '@') + 1;
8543 VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(fname
, &fid
));
8545 spa_feature_enable(spa
, fid
, tx
);
8546 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8547 "%s=enabled", nvpair_name(elem
));
8550 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
:
8551 intval
= fnvpair_value_uint64(elem
);
8553 * The version is synced separately before other
8554 * properties and should be correct by now.
8556 ASSERT3U(spa_version(spa
), >=, intval
);
8559 case ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
:
8561 * 'altroot' is a non-persistent property. It should
8562 * have been set temporarily at creation or import time.
8564 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root
!= NULL
);
8567 case ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
:
8568 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
:
8570 * 'readonly' and 'cachefile' are also non-persistent
8574 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
:
8575 strval
= fnvpair_value_string(elem
);
8576 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
)
8577 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_comment
);
8578 spa
->spa_comment
= spa_strdup(strval
);
8580 * We need to dirty the configuration on all the vdevs
8581 * so that their labels get updated. It's unnecessary
8582 * to do this for pool creation since the vdev's
8583 * configuration has already been dirtied.
8585 if (tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
)
8586 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8587 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8588 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem
), strval
);
8592 * Set pool property values in the poolprops mos object.
8594 if (spa
->spa_pool_props_object
== 0) {
8595 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
=
8596 zap_create_link(mos
, DMU_OT_POOL_PROPS
,
8597 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_PROPS
,
8601 /* normalize the property name */
8602 propname
= zpool_prop_to_name(prop
);
8603 proptype
= zpool_prop_get_type(prop
);
8605 if (nvpair_type(elem
) == DATA_TYPE_STRING
) {
8606 ASSERT(proptype
== PROP_TYPE_STRING
);
8607 strval
= fnvpair_value_string(elem
);
8608 VERIFY0(zap_update(mos
,
8609 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
, propname
,
8610 1, strlen(strval
) + 1, strval
, tx
));
8611 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8612 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem
), strval
);
8613 } else if (nvpair_type(elem
) == DATA_TYPE_UINT64
) {
8614 intval
= fnvpair_value_uint64(elem
);
8616 if (proptype
== PROP_TYPE_INDEX
) {
8618 VERIFY0(zpool_prop_index_to_string(
8619 prop
, intval
, &unused
));
8621 VERIFY0(zap_update(mos
,
8622 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
, propname
,
8623 8, 1, &intval
, tx
));
8624 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8625 "%s=%lld", nvpair_name(elem
),
8626 (longlong_t
)intval
);
8628 ASSERT(0); /* not allowed */
8632 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
:
8633 spa
->spa_delegation
= intval
;
8635 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
:
8636 spa
->spa_bootfs
= intval
;
8638 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
:
8639 spa
->spa_failmode
= intval
;
8641 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
:
8642 spa
->spa_autotrim
= intval
;
8643 spa_async_request(spa
,
8644 SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART
);
8646 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
:
8647 spa
->spa_autoexpand
= intval
;
8648 if (tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
)
8649 spa_async_request(spa
,
8650 SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
);
8652 case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
:
8653 spa
->spa_multihost
= intval
;
8662 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
8666 * Perform one-time upgrade on-disk changes. spa_version() does not
8667 * reflect the new version this txg, so there must be no changes this
8668 * txg to anything that the upgrade code depends on after it executes.
8669 * Therefore this must be called after dsl_pool_sync() does the sync
8673 spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8675 if (spa_sync_pass(spa
) != 1)
8678 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
8679 rrw_enter(&dp
->dp_config_rwlock
, RW_WRITER
, FTAG
);
8681 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN
&&
8682 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN
) {
8683 dsl_pool_create_origin(dp
, tx
);
8685 /* Keeping the origin open increases spa_minref */
8686 spa
->spa_minref
+= 3;
8689 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES
&&
8690 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES
) {
8691 dsl_pool_upgrade_clones(dp
, tx
);
8694 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES
&&
8695 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES
) {
8696 dsl_pool_upgrade_dir_clones(dp
, tx
);
8698 /* Keeping the freedir open increases spa_minref */
8699 spa
->spa_minref
+= 3;
8702 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
&&
8703 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
8704 spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa
, tx
);
8708 * LZ4_COMPRESS feature's behaviour was changed to activate_on_enable
8709 * when possibility to use lz4 compression for metadata was added
8710 * Old pools that have this feature enabled must be upgraded to have
8711 * this feature active
8713 if (spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
8714 boolean_t lz4_en
= spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
,
8715 SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
);
8716 boolean_t lz4_ac
= spa_feature_is_active(spa
,
8717 SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
);
8719 if (lz4_en
&& !lz4_ac
)
8720 spa_feature_incr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
, tx
);
8724 * If we haven't written the salt, do so now. Note that the
8725 * feature may not be activated yet, but that's fine since
8726 * the presence of this ZAP entry is backwards compatible.
8728 if (zap_contains(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
8729 DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
) == ENOENT
) {
8730 VERIFY0(zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8731 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
, 1,
8732 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
),
8733 spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
, tx
));
8736 rrw_exit(&dp
->dp_config_rwlock
, FTAG
);
8740 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vdev_t
*vd
)
8742 vdev_indirect_mapping_t
*vim __maybe_unused
= vd
->vdev_indirect_mapping
;
8743 vdev_indirect_births_t
*vib __maybe_unused
= vd
->vdev_indirect_births
;
8745 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_indirect_ops
) {
8746 ASSERT(vim
!= NULL
);
8747 ASSERT(vib
!= NULL
);
8750 uint64_t obsolete_sm_object
= 0;
8751 ASSERT0(vdev_obsolete_sm_object(vd
, &obsolete_sm_object
));
8752 if (obsolete_sm_object
!= 0) {
8753 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
!= NULL
);
8754 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_removing
||
8755 vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_indirect_ops
);
8756 ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_num_entries(vim
) > 0);
8757 ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim
) > 0);
8758 ASSERT3U(obsolete_sm_object
, ==,
8759 space_map_object(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
));
8760 ASSERT3U(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim
), >=,
8761 space_map_allocated(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
));
8763 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_obsolete_segments
!= NULL
);
8766 * Since frees / remaps to an indirect vdev can only
8767 * happen in syncing context, the obsolete segments
8768 * tree must be empty when we start syncing.
8770 ASSERT0(range_tree_space(vd
->vdev_obsolete_segments
));
8774 * Set the top-level vdev's max queue depth. Evaluate each top-level's
8775 * async write queue depth in case it changed. The max queue depth will
8776 * not change in the middle of syncing out this txg.
8779 spa_sync_adjust_vdev_max_queue_depth(spa_t
*spa
)
8781 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
8783 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
8784 uint32_t max_queue_depth
= zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active
*
8785 zfs_vdev_queue_depth_pct
/ 100;
8786 metaslab_class_t
*normal
= spa_normal_class(spa
);
8787 metaslab_class_t
*special
= spa_special_class(spa
);
8788 metaslab_class_t
*dedup
= spa_dedup_class(spa
);
8790 uint64_t slots_per_allocator
= 0;
8791 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
8792 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
8794 metaslab_group_t
*mg
= tvd
->vdev_mg
;
8795 if (mg
== NULL
|| !metaslab_group_initialized(mg
))
8798 metaslab_class_t
*mc
= mg
->mg_class
;
8799 if (mc
!= normal
&& mc
!= special
&& mc
!= dedup
)
8803 * It is safe to do a lock-free check here because only async
8804 * allocations look at mg_max_alloc_queue_depth, and async
8805 * allocations all happen from spa_sync().
8807 for (int i
= 0; i
< mg
->mg_allocators
; i
++) {
8808 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(
8809 &(mg
->mg_allocator
[i
].mga_alloc_queue_depth
)));
8811 mg
->mg_max_alloc_queue_depth
= max_queue_depth
;
8813 for (int i
= 0; i
< mg
->mg_allocators
; i
++) {
8814 mg
->mg_allocator
[i
].mga_cur_max_alloc_queue_depth
=
8815 zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth
;
8817 slots_per_allocator
+= zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth
;
8820 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
8821 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&normal
->mc_alloc_slots
[i
]));
8822 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&special
->mc_alloc_slots
[i
]));
8823 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&dedup
->mc_alloc_slots
[i
]));
8824 normal
->mc_alloc_max_slots
[i
] = slots_per_allocator
;
8825 special
->mc_alloc_max_slots
[i
] = slots_per_allocator
;
8826 dedup
->mc_alloc_max_slots
[i
] = slots_per_allocator
;
8828 normal
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
8829 special
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
8830 dedup
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
8834 spa_sync_condense_indirect(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8836 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
8838 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
8839 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
8840 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
8841 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vd
);
8843 if (vdev_indirect_should_condense(vd
)) {
8844 spa_condense_indirect_start_sync(vd
, tx
);
8851 spa_sync_iterate_to_convergence(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8853 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
8854 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
8855 uint64_t txg
= tx
->tx_txg
;
8856 bplist_t
*free_bpl
= &spa
->spa_free_bplist
[txg
& TXG_MASK
];
8859 int pass
= ++spa
->spa_sync_pass
;
8861 spa_sync_config_object(spa
, tx
);
8862 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa
, &spa
->spa_spares
, tx
,
8863 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, DMU_POOL_SPARES
);
8864 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa
, &spa
->spa_l2cache
, tx
,
8865 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE
);
8866 spa_errlog_sync(spa
, txg
);
8867 dsl_pool_sync(dp
, txg
);
8869 if (pass
< zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free
||
8870 spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LOG_SPACEMAP
)) {
8872 * If the log space map feature is active we don't
8873 * care about deferred frees and the deferred bpobj
8874 * as the log space map should effectively have the
8875 * same results (i.e. appending only to one object).
8877 spa_sync_frees(spa
, free_bpl
, tx
);
8880 * We can not defer frees in pass 1, because
8881 * we sync the deferred frees later in pass 1.
8883 ASSERT3U(pass
, >, 1);
8884 bplist_iterate(free_bpl
, bpobj_enqueue_alloc_cb
,
8885 &spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
, tx
);
8889 dsl_scan_sync(dp
, tx
);
8891 spa_sync_upgrades(spa
, tx
);
8893 spa_flush_metaslabs(spa
, tx
);
8896 while ((vd
= txg_list_remove(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, txg
))
8901 * Note: We need to check if the MOS is dirty because we could
8902 * have marked the MOS dirty without updating the uberblock
8903 * (e.g. if we have sync tasks but no dirty user data). We need
8904 * to check the uberblock's rootbp because it is updated if we
8905 * have synced out dirty data (though in this case the MOS will
8906 * most likely also be dirty due to second order effects, we
8907 * don't want to rely on that here).
8910 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_rootbp
.blk_birth
< txg
&&
8911 !dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos
, txg
)) {
8913 * Nothing changed on the first pass, therefore this
8914 * TXG is a no-op. Avoid syncing deferred frees, so
8915 * that we can keep this TXG as a no-op.
8917 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_datasets
, txg
));
8918 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_dirs
, txg
));
8919 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_sync_tasks
, txg
));
8920 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_early_sync_tasks
, txg
));
8924 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa
, tx
);
8925 } while (dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos
, txg
));
8929 * Rewrite the vdev configuration (which includes the uberblock) to
8930 * commit the transaction group.
8932 * If there are no dirty vdevs, we sync the uberblock to a few random
8933 * top-level vdevs that are known to be visible in the config cache
8934 * (see spa_vdev_add() for a complete description). If there *are* dirty
8935 * vdevs, sync the uberblock to all vdevs.
8938 spa_sync_rewrite_vdev_config(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8940 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
8941 uint64_t txg
= tx
->tx_txg
;
8947 * We hold SCL_STATE to prevent vdev open/close/etc.
8948 * while we're attempting to write the vdev labels.
8950 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8952 if (list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) {
8953 vdev_t
*svd
[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
] = { NULL
};
8955 int children
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
8956 int c0
= spa_get_random(children
);
8958 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
8960 rvd
->vdev_child
[(c0
+ c
) % children
];
8962 /* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
8963 if (c
> 0 && svd
[0] == vd
)
8966 if (vd
->vdev_ms_array
== 0 ||
8968 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
8971 svd
[svdcount
++] = vd
;
8972 if (svdcount
== SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
)
8975 error
= vdev_config_sync(svd
, svdcount
, txg
);
8977 error
= vdev_config_sync(rvd
->vdev_child
,
8978 rvd
->vdev_children
, txg
);
8982 spa
->spa_last_synced_guid
= rvd
->vdev_guid
;
8984 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
8988 zio_suspend(spa
, NULL
, ZIO_SUSPEND_IOERR
);
8989 zio_resume_wait(spa
);
8994 * Sync the specified transaction group. New blocks may be dirtied as
8995 * part of the process, so we iterate until it converges.
8998 spa_sync(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t txg
)
9002 VERIFY(spa_writeable(spa
));
9005 * Wait for i/os issued in open context that need to complete
9006 * before this txg syncs.
9008 (void) zio_wait(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[txg
& TXG_MASK
]);
9009 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[txg
& TXG_MASK
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
9013 * Lock out configuration changes.
9015 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9017 spa
->spa_syncing_txg
= txg
;
9018 spa
->spa_sync_pass
= 0;
9020 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
9021 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_alloc_locks
[i
]);
9022 VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa
->spa_alloc_trees
[i
]));
9023 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_alloc_locks
[i
]);
9027 * If there are any pending vdev state changes, convert them
9028 * into config changes that go out with this transaction group.
9030 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9031 while (list_head(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
) != NULL
) {
9033 * We need the write lock here because, for aux vdevs,
9034 * calling vdev_config_dirty() modifies sav_config.
9035 * This is ugly and will become unnecessary when we
9036 * eliminate the aux vdev wart by integrating all vdevs
9037 * into the root vdev tree.
9039 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9040 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
9041 while ((vd
= list_head(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
)) != NULL
) {
9042 vdev_state_clean(vd
);
9043 vdev_config_dirty(vd
);
9045 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9046 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9048 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9050 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
9051 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, txg
);
9053 spa
->spa_sync_starttime
= gethrtime();
9054 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
9055 spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
= taskq_dispatch_delay(system_delay_taskq
,
9056 spa_deadman
, spa
, TQ_SLEEP
, ddi_get_lbolt() +
9057 NSEC_TO_TICK(spa
->spa_deadman_synctime
));
9060 * If we are upgrading to SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE this txg,
9061 * set spa_deflate if we have no raid-z vdevs.
9063 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
&&
9064 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
) {
9065 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9068 for (i
= 0; i
< rvd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
9069 vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[i
];
9070 if (vd
->vdev_deflate_ratio
!= SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE
)
9073 if (i
== rvd
->vdev_children
) {
9074 spa
->spa_deflate
= TRUE
;
9075 VERIFY0(zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
9076 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
,
9077 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_deflate
, tx
));
9081 spa_sync_adjust_vdev_max_queue_depth(spa
);
9083 spa_sync_condense_indirect(spa
, tx
);
9085 spa_sync_iterate_to_convergence(spa
, tx
);
9088 if (!list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) {
9090 * Make sure that the number of ZAPs for all the vdevs matches
9091 * the number of ZAPs in the per-vdev ZAP list. This only gets
9092 * called if the config is dirty; otherwise there may be
9093 * outstanding AVZ operations that weren't completed in
9094 * spa_sync_config_object.
9096 uint64_t all_vdev_zap_entry_count
;
9097 ASSERT0(zap_count(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
9098 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, &all_vdev_zap_entry_count
));
9099 ASSERT3U(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
), ==,
9100 all_vdev_zap_entry_count
);
9104 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
) {
9105 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_vdev_removal
->svr_bytes_done
[txg
& TXG_MASK
]);
9108 spa_sync_rewrite_vdev_config(spa
, tx
);
9111 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
9112 spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
= 0;
9115 * Clear the dirty config list.
9117 while ((vd
= list_head(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) != NULL
)
9118 vdev_config_clean(vd
);
9121 * Now that the new config has synced transactionally,
9122 * let it become visible to the config cache.
9124 if (spa
->spa_config_syncing
!= NULL
) {
9125 spa_config_set(spa
, spa
->spa_config_syncing
);
9126 spa
->spa_config_txg
= txg
;
9127 spa
->spa_config_syncing
= NULL
;
9130 dsl_pool_sync_done(dp
, txg
);
9132 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
9133 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_alloc_locks
[i
]);
9134 VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa
->spa_alloc_trees
[i
]));
9135 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_alloc_locks
[i
]);
9139 * Update usable space statistics.
9141 while ((vd
= txg_list_remove(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, TXG_CLEAN(txg
)))
9143 vdev_sync_done(vd
, txg
);
9145 metaslab_class_evict_old(spa
->spa_normal_class
, txg
);
9146 metaslab_class_evict_old(spa
->spa_log_class
, txg
);
9148 spa_sync_close_syncing_log_sm(spa
);
9150 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
9153 * It had better be the case that we didn't dirty anything
9154 * since vdev_config_sync().
9156 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_datasets
, txg
));
9157 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_dirs
, txg
));
9158 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, txg
));
9160 while (zfs_pause_spa_sync
)
9163 spa
->spa_sync_pass
= 0;
9166 * Update the last synced uberblock here. We want to do this at
9167 * the end of spa_sync() so that consumers of spa_last_synced_txg()
9168 * will be guaranteed that all the processing associated with
9169 * that txg has been completed.
9171 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
9172 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
9174 spa_handle_ignored_writes(spa
);
9177 * If any async tasks have been requested, kick them off.
9179 spa_async_dispatch(spa
);
9183 * Sync all pools. We don't want to hold the namespace lock across these
9184 * operations, so we take a reference on the spa_t and drop the lock during the
9188 spa_sync_allpools(void)
9191 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9192 while ((spa
= spa_next(spa
)) != NULL
) {
9193 if (spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
||
9194 !spa_writeable(spa
) || spa_suspended(spa
))
9196 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
9197 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9198 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), 0);
9199 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9200 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
9202 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9206 * ==========================================================================
9207 * Miscellaneous routines
9208 * ==========================================================================
9212 * Remove all pools in the system.
9220 * Remove all cached state. All pools should be closed now,
9221 * so every spa in the AVL tree should be unreferenced.
9223 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9224 while ((spa
= spa_next(NULL
)) != NULL
) {
9226 * Stop async tasks. The async thread may need to detach
9227 * a device that's been replaced, which requires grabbing
9228 * spa_namespace_lock, so we must drop it here.
9230 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
9231 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9232 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
9233 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9234 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
9236 if (spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
9238 spa_deactivate(spa
);
9242 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9246 spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, boolean_t aux
)
9251 if ((vd
= vdev_lookup_by_guid(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, guid
)) != NULL
)
9255 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++) {
9256 vd
= spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
9257 if (vd
->vdev_guid
== guid
)
9261 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
9262 vd
= spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
9263 if (vd
->vdev_guid
== guid
)
9272 spa_upgrade(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t version
)
9274 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
9276 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
9279 * This should only be called for a non-faulted pool, and since a
9280 * future version would result in an unopenable pool, this shouldn't be
9283 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
));
9284 ASSERT3U(version
, >=, spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
);
9286 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
9287 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
9289 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
9291 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), 0);
9295 spa_has_spare(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
)
9299 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_spares
;
9301 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
9302 if (sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]->vdev_guid
== guid
)
9305 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_npending
; i
++) {
9306 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(sav
->sav_pending
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
9307 &spareguid
) == 0 && spareguid
== guid
)
9315 * Check if a pool has an active shared spare device.
9316 * Note: reference count of an active spare is 2, as a spare and as a replace
9319 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t
*spa
)
9323 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_spares
;
9325 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++) {
9326 if (spa_spare_exists(sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]->vdev_guid
, &pool
,
9327 &refcnt
) && pool
!= 0ULL && pool
== spa_guid(spa
) &&
9336 spa_total_metaslabs(spa_t
*spa
)
9338 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9341 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
9342 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
9343 if (!vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
9345 m
+= vd
->vdev_ms_count
;
9351 * Notify any waiting threads that some activity has switched from being in-
9352 * progress to not-in-progress so that the thread can wake up and determine
9353 * whether it is finished waiting.
9356 spa_notify_waiters(spa_t
*spa
)
9359 * Acquiring spa_activities_lock here prevents the cv_broadcast from
9360 * happening between the waiting thread's check and cv_wait.
9362 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9363 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_activities_cv
);
9364 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9368 * Notify any waiting threads that the pool is exporting, and then block until
9369 * they are finished using the spa_t.
9372 spa_wake_waiters(spa_t
*spa
)
9374 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9375 spa
->spa_waiters_cancel
= B_TRUE
;
9376 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_activities_cv
);
9377 while (spa
->spa_waiters
!= 0)
9378 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_waiters_cv
, &spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9379 spa
->spa_waiters_cancel
= B_FALSE
;
9380 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9383 /* Whether the vdev or any of its descendants are being initialized/trimmed. */
9385 spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vdev_t
*vd
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
)
9387 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
9389 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, RW_READER
));
9390 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
));
9391 ASSERT(activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
||
9392 activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM
);
9394 kmutex_t
*lock
= activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
?
9395 &vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
: &vd
->vdev_trim_lock
;
9397 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9399 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9401 boolean_t in_progress
= (activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
) ?
9402 (vd
->vdev_initialize_state
== VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
) :
9403 (vd
->vdev_trim_state
== VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
);
9409 for (int i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
9410 if (spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vd
->vdev_child
[i
],
9419 * If use_guid is true, this checks whether the vdev specified by guid is
9420 * being initialized/trimmed. Otherwise, it checks whether any vdev in the pool
9421 * is being initialized/trimmed. The caller must hold the config lock and
9422 * spa_activities_lock.
9425 spa_vdev_activity_in_progress(spa_t
*spa
, boolean_t use_guid
, uint64_t guid
,
9426 zpool_wait_activity_t activity
, boolean_t
*in_progress
)
9428 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9429 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9430 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9434 vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
9435 if (vd
== NULL
|| !vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
9436 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9440 vd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9443 *in_progress
= spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vd
, activity
);
9445 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9450 * Locking for waiting threads
9451 * ---------------------------
9453 * Waiting threads need a way to check whether a given activity is in progress,
9454 * and then, if it is, wait for it to complete. Each activity will have some
9455 * in-memory representation of the relevant on-disk state which can be used to
9456 * determine whether or not the activity is in progress. The in-memory state and
9457 * the locking used to protect it will be different for each activity, and may
9458 * not be suitable for use with a cvar (e.g., some state is protected by the
9459 * config lock). To allow waiting threads to wait without any races, another
9460 * lock, spa_activities_lock, is used.
9462 * When the state is checked, both the activity-specific lock (if there is one)
9463 * and spa_activities_lock are held. In some cases, the activity-specific lock
9464 * is acquired explicitly (e.g. the config lock). In others, the locking is
9465 * internal to some check (e.g. bpobj_is_empty). After checking, the waiting
9466 * thread releases the activity-specific lock and, if the activity is in
9467 * progress, then cv_waits using spa_activities_lock.
9469 * The waiting thread is woken when another thread, one completing some
9470 * activity, updates the state of the activity and then calls
9471 * spa_notify_waiters, which will cv_broadcast. This 'completing' thread only
9472 * needs to hold its activity-specific lock when updating the state, and this
9473 * lock can (but doesn't have to) be dropped before calling spa_notify_waiters.
9475 * Because spa_notify_waiters acquires spa_activities_lock before broadcasting,
9476 * and because it is held when the waiting thread checks the state of the
9477 * activity, it can never be the case that the completing thread both updates
9478 * the activity state and cv_broadcasts in between the waiting thread's check
9479 * and cv_wait. Thus, a waiting thread can never miss a wakeup.
9481 * In order to prevent deadlock, when the waiting thread does its check, in some
9482 * cases it will temporarily drop spa_activities_lock in order to acquire the
9483 * activity-specific lock. The order in which spa_activities_lock and the
9484 * activity specific lock are acquired in the waiting thread is determined by
9485 * the order in which they are acquired in the completing thread; if the
9486 * completing thread calls spa_notify_waiters with the activity-specific lock
9487 * held, then the waiting thread must also acquire the activity-specific lock
9492 spa_activity_in_progress(spa_t
*spa
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
,
9493 boolean_t use_tag
, uint64_t tag
, boolean_t
*in_progress
)
9497 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
));
9500 case ZPOOL_WAIT_CKPT_DISCARD
:
9502 (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
) &&
9503 zap_contains(spa_meta_objset(spa
),
9504 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
) ==
9507 case ZPOOL_WAIT_FREE
:
9508 *in_progress
= ((spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS
&&
9509 !bpobj_is_empty(&spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_free_bpobj
)) ||
9510 spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ASYNC_DESTROY
) ||
9511 spa_livelist_delete_check(spa
));
9513 case ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
:
9514 case ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM
:
9515 error
= spa_vdev_activity_in_progress(spa
, use_tag
, tag
,
9516 activity
, in_progress
);
9518 case ZPOOL_WAIT_REPLACE
:
9519 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9520 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9521 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9523 *in_progress
= vdev_replace_in_progress(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
9524 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9526 case ZPOOL_WAIT_REMOVE
:
9527 *in_progress
= (spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_state
==
9530 case ZPOOL_WAIT_RESILVER
:
9531 if ((*in_progress
= vdev_rebuild_active(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)))
9534 case ZPOOL_WAIT_SCRUB
:
9536 boolean_t scanning
, paused
, is_scrub
;
9537 dsl_scan_t
*scn
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_scan
;
9539 is_scrub
= (scn
->scn_phys
.scn_func
== POOL_SCAN_SCRUB
);
9540 scanning
= (scn
->scn_phys
.scn_state
== DSS_SCANNING
);
9541 paused
= dsl_scan_is_paused_scrub(scn
);
9542 *in_progress
= (scanning
&& !paused
&&
9543 is_scrub
== (activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_SCRUB
));
9547 panic("unrecognized value for activity %d", activity
);
9554 spa_wait_common(const char *pool
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
,
9555 boolean_t use_tag
, uint64_t tag
, boolean_t
*waited
)
9558 * The tag is used to distinguish between instances of an activity.
9559 * 'initialize' and 'trim' are the only activities that we use this for.
9560 * The other activities can only have a single instance in progress in a
9561 * pool at one time, making the tag unnecessary.
9563 * There can be multiple devices being replaced at once, but since they
9564 * all finish once resilvering finishes, we don't bother keeping track
9565 * of them individually, we just wait for them all to finish.
9567 if (use_tag
&& activity
!= ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
&&
9568 activity
!= ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM
)
9571 if (activity
< 0 || activity
>= ZPOOL_WAIT_NUM_ACTIVITIES
)
9575 int error
= spa_open(pool
, &spa
, FTAG
);
9580 * Increment the spa's waiter count so that we can call spa_close and
9581 * still ensure that the spa_t doesn't get freed before this thread is
9582 * finished with it when the pool is exported. We want to call spa_close
9583 * before we start waiting because otherwise the additional ref would
9584 * prevent the pool from being exported or destroyed throughout the
9585 * potentially long wait.
9587 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9589 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
9593 boolean_t in_progress
;
9594 error
= spa_activity_in_progress(spa
, activity
, use_tag
, tag
,
9597 if (error
|| !in_progress
|| spa
->spa_waiters_cancel
)
9602 if (cv_wait_sig(&spa
->spa_activities_cv
,
9603 &spa
->spa_activities_lock
) == 0) {
9610 cv_signal(&spa
->spa_waiters_cv
);
9611 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9617 * Wait for a particular instance of the specified activity to complete, where
9618 * the instance is identified by 'tag'
9621 spa_wait_tag(const char *pool
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
, uint64_t tag
,
9624 return (spa_wait_common(pool
, activity
, B_TRUE
, tag
, waited
));
9628 * Wait for all instances of the specified activity complete
9631 spa_wait(const char *pool
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
, boolean_t
*waited
)
9634 return (spa_wait_common(pool
, activity
, B_FALSE
, 0, waited
));
9638 spa_event_create(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
, nvlist_t
*hist_nvl
, const char *name
)
9640 sysevent_t
*ev
= NULL
;
9644 resource
= zfs_event_create(spa
, vd
, FM_SYSEVENT_CLASS
, name
, hist_nvl
);
9646 ev
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (sysevent_t
), KM_SLEEP
);
9647 ev
->resource
= resource
;
9654 spa_event_post(sysevent_t
*ev
)
9658 zfs_zevent_post(ev
->resource
, NULL
, zfs_zevent_post_cb
);
9659 kmem_free(ev
, sizeof (*ev
));
9665 * Post a zevent corresponding to the given sysevent. The 'name' must be one
9666 * of the event definitions in sys/sysevent/eventdefs.h. The payload will be
9667 * filled in from the spa and (optionally) the vdev. This doesn't do anything
9668 * in the userland libzpool, as we don't want consumers to misinterpret ztest
9669 * or zdb as real changes.
9672 spa_event_notify(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
, nvlist_t
*hist_nvl
, const char *name
)
9674 spa_event_post(spa_event_create(spa
, vd
, hist_nvl
, name
));
9677 /* state manipulation functions */
9678 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_open
);
9679 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_open_rewind
);
9680 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_get_stats
);
9681 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_create
);
9682 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_import
);
9683 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_tryimport
);
9684 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_destroy
);
9685 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_export
);
9686 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_reset
);
9687 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_request
);
9688 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_suspend
);
9689 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_resume
);
9690 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_inject_addref
);
9691 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_inject_delref
);
9692 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_stat_init
);
9693 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_get_stats
);
9695 /* device manipulation */
9696 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_add
);
9697 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_attach
);
9698 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_detach
);
9699 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_setpath
);
9700 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_setfru
);
9701 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_split_mirror
);
9703 /* spare statech is global across all pools) */
9704 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_add
);
9705 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_remove
);
9706 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_exists
);
9707 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_activate
);
9709 /* L2ARC statech is global across all pools) */
9710 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_add
);
9711 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_remove
);
9712 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_exists
);
9713 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_activate
);
9714 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_drop
);
9717 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan
);
9718 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_stop
);
9721 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_sync
); /* only for DMU use */
9722 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_sync_allpools
);
9725 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_set
);
9726 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_get
);
9727 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_clear_bootfs
);
9729 /* asynchronous event notification */
9730 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_event_notify
);
9733 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_verify_shift
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9734 "log2(fraction of arc that can be used by inflight I/Os when "
9735 "verifying pool during import");
9737 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_verify_metadata
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9738 "Set to traverse metadata on pool import");
9740 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_verify_data
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9741 "Set to traverse data on pool import");
9743 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_print_vdev_tree
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9744 "Print vdev tree to zfs_dbgmsg during pool import");
9746 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_zio
, zio_
, taskq_batch_pct
, UINT
, ZMOD_RD
,
9747 "Percentage of CPUs to run an IO worker thread");
9749 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs
, zfs_
, max_missing_tvds
, ULONG
, ZMOD_RW
,
9750 "Allow importing pool with up to this number of missing top-level "
9751 "vdevs (in read-only mode)");
9753 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, zthr_pause
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9754 "Set the livelist condense zthr to pause");
9756 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, sync_pause
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9757 "Set the livelist condense synctask to pause");
9759 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, sync_cancel
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9760 "Whether livelist condensing was canceled in the synctask");
9762 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, zthr_cancel
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9763 "Whether livelist condensing was canceled in the zthr function");
9765 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, new_alloc
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9766 "Whether extra ALLOC blkptrs were added to a livelist entry while it "
9767 "was being condensed");